| // Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format |
| // Copyright 2008 Google Inc. All rights reserved. |
| // https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/ |
| // |
| // Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| // modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are |
| // met: |
| // |
| // * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright |
| // notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
| // * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above |
| // copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer |
| // in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the |
| // distribution. |
| // * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its |
| // contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from |
| // this software without specific prior written permission. |
| // |
| // THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS |
| // "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT |
| // LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR |
| // A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT |
| // OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, |
| // SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT |
| // LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, |
| // DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY |
| // THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT |
| // (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE |
| // OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
| |
| // Author: [email protected] (Kenton Varda) |
| // Based on original Protocol Buffers design by |
| // Sanjay Ghemawat, Jeff Dean, and others. |
| |
| #include <google/protobuf/descriptor.h> |
| |
| #include <algorithm> |
| #include <array> |
| #include <functional> |
| #include <limits> |
| #include <map> |
| #include <memory> |
| #include <set> |
| #include <sstream> |
| #include <string> |
| #include <type_traits> |
| #include <unordered_map> |
| #include <unordered_set> |
| #include <vector> |
| |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/common.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/logging.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/strutil.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/once.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/any.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/descriptor.pb.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/io/coded_stream.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/io/tokenizer.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/io/zero_copy_stream_impl.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/casts.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/stringprintf.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/substitute.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/descriptor_database.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/dynamic_message.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/generated_message_util.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/io/strtod.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/port.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/text_format.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/unknown_field_set.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/map_util.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/stl_util.h> |
| #include <google/protobuf/stubs/hash.h> |
| |
| #undef PACKAGE // autoheader #defines this. :( |
| |
| |
| // Must be included last. |
| #include <google/protobuf/port_def.inc> |
| |
| namespace google { |
| namespace protobuf { |
| |
| namespace { |
| const int kPackageLimit = 100; |
| |
| // Note: I distrust ctype.h due to locales. |
| char ToUpper(char ch) { |
| return (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z') ? (ch - 'a' + 'A') : ch; |
| } |
| |
| char ToLower(char ch) { |
| return (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z') ? (ch - 'A' + 'a') : ch; |
| } |
| |
| std::string ToCamelCase(const std::string& input, bool lower_first) { |
| bool capitalize_next = !lower_first; |
| std::string result; |
| result.reserve(input.size()); |
| |
| for (char character : input) { |
| if (character == '_') { |
| capitalize_next = true; |
| } else if (capitalize_next) { |
| result.push_back(ToUpper(character)); |
| capitalize_next = false; |
| } else { |
| result.push_back(character); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Lower-case the first letter. |
| if (lower_first && !result.empty()) { |
| result[0] = ToLower(result[0]); |
| } |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| std::string ToJsonName(const std::string& input) { |
| bool capitalize_next = false; |
| std::string result; |
| result.reserve(input.size()); |
| |
| for (char character : input) { |
| if (character == '_') { |
| capitalize_next = true; |
| } else if (capitalize_next) { |
| result.push_back(ToUpper(character)); |
| capitalize_next = false; |
| } else { |
| result.push_back(character); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| // Backport of fold expressions for the comma operator to C++11. |
| // Usage: Fold({expr...}); |
| // Guaranteed to evaluate left-to-right |
| struct ExpressionEater { |
| template <typename T> |
| ExpressionEater(T&&) {} // NOLINT |
| }; |
| void Fold(std::initializer_list<ExpressionEater>) {} |
| |
| template <int R> |
| constexpr size_t RoundUpTo(size_t n) { |
| static_assert((R & (R - 1)) == 0, "Must be power of two"); |
| return (n + (R - 1)) & ~(R - 1); |
| } |
| |
| constexpr size_t Max(size_t a, size_t b) { return a > b ? a : b; } |
| template <typename T, typename... Ts> |
| constexpr size_t Max(T a, Ts... b) { |
| return Max(a, Max(b...)); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename T> |
| constexpr size_t EffectiveAlignof() { |
| // `char` is special in that it gets aligned to 8. It is where we drop the |
| // trivial structs. |
| return std::is_same<T, char>::value ? 8 : alignof(T); |
| } |
| |
| template <int align, typename U, typename... T> |
| using AppendIfAlign = |
| typename std::conditional<EffectiveAlignof<U>() == align, void (*)(T..., U), |
| void (*)(T...)>::type; |
| |
| // Metafunction to sort types in descending order of alignment. |
| // Useful for the flat allocator to ensure proper alignment of all elements |
| // without having to add padding. |
| // Instead of implementing a proper sort metafunction we just do a |
| // filter+merge, which is much simpler to write as a metafunction. |
| // We have a fixed set of alignments we can filter on. |
| // For simplicity we use a function pointer as a type list. |
| template <typename In, typename T16, typename T8, typename T4, typename T2, |
| typename T1> |
| struct TypeListSortImpl; |
| |
| template <typename... T16, typename... T8, typename... T4, typename... T2, |
| typename... T1> |
| struct TypeListSortImpl<void (*)(), void (*)(T16...), void (*)(T8...), |
| void (*)(T4...), void (*)(T2...), void (*)(T1...)> { |
| using type = void (*)(T16..., T8..., T4..., T2..., T1...); |
| }; |
| |
| template <typename First, typename... Rest, typename... T16, typename... T8, |
| typename... T4, typename... T2, typename... T1> |
| struct TypeListSortImpl<void (*)(First, Rest...), void (*)(T16...), |
| void (*)(T8...), void (*)(T4...), void (*)(T2...), |
| void (*)(T1...)> { |
| using type = typename TypeListSortImpl< |
| void (*)(Rest...), AppendIfAlign<16, First, T16...>, |
| AppendIfAlign<8, First, T8...>, AppendIfAlign<4, First, T4...>, |
| AppendIfAlign<2, First, T2...>, AppendIfAlign<1, First, T1...>>::type; |
| }; |
| |
| template <typename... T> |
| using SortByAlignment = |
| typename TypeListSortImpl<void (*)(T...), void (*)(), void (*)(), |
| void (*)(), void (*)(), void (*)()>::type; |
| |
| template <template <typename...> class C, typename... T> |
| auto ApplyTypeList(void (*)(T...)) -> C<T...>; |
| |
| template <typename T> |
| constexpr int FindTypeIndex() { |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename T, typename T1, typename... Ts> |
| constexpr int FindTypeIndex() { |
| return std::is_same<T, T1>::value ? 0 : FindTypeIndex<T, Ts...>() + 1; |
| } |
| |
| // A type to value map, where the possible keys as specified in `Keys...`. |
| // The values for key `K` is `ValueT<K>` |
| template <template <typename> class ValueT, typename... Keys> |
| class TypeMap { |
| public: |
| template <typename K> |
| ValueT<K>& Get() { |
| return static_cast<Base<K>&>(payload_).value; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename K> |
| const ValueT<K>& Get() const { |
| return static_cast<const Base<K>&>(payload_).value; |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| template <typename K> |
| struct Base { |
| ValueT<K> value{}; |
| }; |
| struct Payload : Base<Keys>... {}; |
| Payload payload_; |
| }; |
| |
| template <typename T> |
| using IntT = int; |
| template <typename T> |
| using PointerT = T*; |
| |
| // Manages an allocation of sequential arrays of type `T...`. |
| // It is more space efficient than storing N (ptr, size) pairs, by storing only |
| // the pointer to the head and the boundaries between the arrays. |
| template <typename... T> |
| class FlatAllocation { |
| public: |
| static constexpr size_t kMaxAlign = Max(alignof(T)...); |
| |
| FlatAllocation(const TypeMap<IntT, T...>& ends) : ends_(ends) { |
| // The arrays start just after FlatAllocation, so adjust the ends. |
| Fold({(ends_.template Get<T>() += |
| RoundUpTo<kMaxAlign>(sizeof(FlatAllocation)))...}); |
| Fold({Init<T>()...}); |
| } |
| |
| void Destroy() { |
| Fold({Destroy<T>()...}); |
| internal::SizedDelete(this, total_bytes()); |
| } |
| |
| template <int I> |
| using type = typename std::tuple_element<I, std::tuple<T...>>::type; |
| |
| // Gets a tuple of the head pointers for the arrays |
| TypeMap<PointerT, T...> Pointers() const { |
| TypeMap<PointerT, T...> out; |
| Fold({(out.template Get<T>() = Begin<T>())...}); |
| return out; |
| } |
| |
| |
| private: |
| // Total number of bytes used by all arrays. |
| int total_bytes() const { |
| // Get the last end. |
| return ends_.template Get<typename std::tuple_element< |
| sizeof...(T) - 1, std::tuple<T...>>::type>(); |
| } |
| |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| int BeginOffset() const { |
| constexpr int type_index = FindTypeIndex<U, T...>(); |
| // Avoid a negative value here to keep it compiling when type_index == 0 |
| constexpr int prev_type_index = type_index == 0 ? 0 : type_index - 1; |
| using PrevType = |
| typename std::tuple_element<prev_type_index, std::tuple<T...>>::type; |
| // Ensure the types are properly aligned. |
| static_assert(EffectiveAlignof<PrevType>() >= EffectiveAlignof<U>(), ""); |
| return type_index == 0 ? RoundUpTo<kMaxAlign>(sizeof(FlatAllocation)) |
| : ends_.template Get<PrevType>(); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| int EndOffset() const { |
| return ends_.template Get<U>(); |
| } |
| |
| // Avoid the reinterpret_cast if the array is empty. |
| // Clang's Control Flow Integrity does not like the cast pointing to memory |
| // that is not yet initialized to be of that type. |
| // (from -fsanitize=cfi-unrelated-cast) |
| template <typename U> |
| U* Begin() const { |
| int begin = BeginOffset<U>(), end = EndOffset<U>(); |
| if (begin == end) return nullptr; |
| return reinterpret_cast<U*>(data() + begin); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| U* End() const { |
| int begin = BeginOffset<U>(), end = EndOffset<U>(); |
| if (begin == end) return nullptr; |
| return reinterpret_cast<U*>(data() + end); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| bool Init() { |
| // Skip for the `char` block. No need to zero initialize it. |
| if (std::is_same<U, char>::value) return true; |
| for (char *p = data() + BeginOffset<U>(), *end = data() + EndOffset<U>(); |
| p != end; p += sizeof(U)) { |
| ::new (p) U{}; |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| bool Destroy() { |
| if (std::is_trivially_destructible<U>::value) return true; |
| for (U* it = Begin<U>(), *end = End<U>(); it != end; ++it) { |
| it->~U(); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| char* data() const { |
| return const_cast<char*>(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this)); |
| } |
| |
| TypeMap<IntT, T...> ends_; |
| }; |
| |
| template <typename... T> |
| TypeMap<IntT, T...> CalculateEnds(const TypeMap<IntT, T...>& sizes) { |
| int total = 0; |
| TypeMap<IntT, T...> out; |
| Fold({(out.template Get<T>() = total += |
| sizeof(T) * sizes.template Get<T>())...}); |
| return out; |
| } |
| |
| // The implementation for FlatAllocator below. |
| // This separate class template makes it easier to have methods that fold on |
| // `T...`. |
| template <typename... T> |
| class FlatAllocatorImpl { |
| public: |
| using Allocation = FlatAllocation<T...>; |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| void PlanArray(int array_size) { |
| // We can't call PlanArray after FinalizePlanning has been called. |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(!has_allocated()); |
| if (std::is_trivially_destructible<U>::value) { |
| // Trivial types are aligned to 8 bytes. |
| static_assert(alignof(U) <= 8, ""); |
| total_.template Get<char>() += RoundUpTo<8>(array_size * sizeof(U)); |
| } else { |
| // Since we can't use `if constexpr`, just make the expression compile |
| // when this path is not taken. |
| using TypeToUse = |
| typename std::conditional<std::is_trivially_destructible<U>::value, |
| char, U>::type; |
| total_.template Get<TypeToUse>() += array_size; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| U* AllocateArray(int array_size) { |
| constexpr bool trivial = std::is_trivially_destructible<U>::value; |
| using TypeToUse = typename std::conditional<trivial, char, U>::type; |
| |
| // We can only allocate after FinalizePlanning has been called. |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(has_allocated()); |
| |
| TypeToUse*& data = pointers_.template Get<TypeToUse>(); |
| int& used = used_.template Get<TypeToUse>(); |
| U* res = reinterpret_cast<U*>(data + used); |
| used += trivial ? RoundUpTo<8>(array_size * sizeof(U)) : array_size; |
| GOOGLE_CHECK_LE(used, total_.template Get<TypeToUse>()); |
| return res; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename... In> |
| const std::string* AllocateStrings(In&&... in) { |
| std::string* strings = AllocateArray<std::string>(sizeof...(in)); |
| std::string* res = strings; |
| Fold({(*strings++ = std::string(std::forward<In>(in)))...}); |
| return res; |
| } |
| |
| // Allocate all 5 names of the field: |
| // name, full name, lowercase, camelcase and json. |
| // It will dedup the strings when possible. |
| // The resulting array contains `name` at index 0, `full_name` at index 1 |
| // and the other 3 indices are specified in the result. |
| void PlanFieldNames(const std::string& name, |
| const std::string* opt_json_name) { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(!has_allocated()); |
| |
| // Fast path for snake_case names, which follow the style guide. |
| if (opt_json_name == nullptr) { |
| switch (GetFieldNameCase(name)) { |
| case FieldNameCase::kAllLower: |
| // Case 1: they are all the same. |
| return PlanArray<std::string>(2); |
| case FieldNameCase::kSnakeCase: |
| // Case 2: name==lower, camel==json |
| return PlanArray<std::string>(3); |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| std::string lowercase_name = name; |
| LowerString(&lowercase_name); |
| |
| std::string camelcase_name = ToCamelCase(name, /* lower_first = */ true); |
| std::string json_name = |
| opt_json_name != nullptr ? *opt_json_name : ToJsonName(name); |
| |
| StringPiece all_names[] = {name, lowercase_name, camelcase_name, |
| json_name}; |
| std::sort(all_names, all_names + 4); |
| int unique = |
| static_cast<int>(std::unique(all_names, all_names + 4) - all_names); |
| |
| PlanArray<std::string>(unique + 1); |
| } |
| |
| struct FieldNamesResult { |
| const std::string* array; |
| int lowercase_index; |
| int camelcase_index; |
| int json_index; |
| }; |
| FieldNamesResult AllocateFieldNames(const std::string& name, |
| const std::string& scope, |
| const std::string* opt_json_name) { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(has_allocated()); |
| |
| std::string full_name = |
| scope.empty() ? name : StrCat(scope, ".", name); |
| |
| // Fast path for snake_case names, which follow the style guide. |
| if (opt_json_name == nullptr) { |
| switch (GetFieldNameCase(name)) { |
| case FieldNameCase::kAllLower: |
| // Case 1: they are all the same. |
| return {AllocateStrings(name, std::move(full_name)), 0, 0, 0}; |
| case FieldNameCase::kSnakeCase: |
| // Case 2: name==lower, camel==json |
| return {AllocateStrings(name, std::move(full_name), |
| ToCamelCase(name, /* lower_first = */ true)), |
| 0, 2, 2}; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| std::vector<std::string> names; |
| names.push_back(name); |
| names.push_back(std::move(full_name)); |
| |
| const auto push_name = [&](std::string new_name) { |
| for (size_t i = 0; i < names.size(); ++i) { |
| // Do not compare the full_name. It is unlikely to match, except in |
| // custom json_name. We are not taking this into account in |
| // PlanFieldNames so better to not try it. |
| if (i == 1) continue; |
| if (names[i] == new_name) return i; |
| } |
| names.push_back(std::move(new_name)); |
| return names.size() - 1; |
| }; |
| |
| FieldNamesResult result{nullptr, 0, 0, 0}; |
| |
| std::string lowercase_name = name; |
| LowerString(&lowercase_name); |
| result.lowercase_index = push_name(std::move(lowercase_name)); |
| result.camelcase_index = |
| push_name(ToCamelCase(name, /* lower_first = */ true)); |
| result.json_index = |
| push_name(opt_json_name != nullptr ? *opt_json_name : ToJsonName(name)); |
| |
| std::string* all_names = AllocateArray<std::string>(names.size()); |
| result.array = all_names; |
| std::move(names.begin(), names.end(), all_names); |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename Alloc> |
| void FinalizePlanning(Alloc& alloc) { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(!has_allocated()); |
| |
| pointers_ = alloc->CreateFlatAlloc(total_)->Pointers(); |
| |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(has_allocated()); |
| } |
| |
| void ExpectConsumed() const { |
| // We verify that we consumed all the memory requested if there was no |
| // error in processing. |
| Fold({ExpectConsumed<T>()...}); |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| bool has_allocated() const { |
| return pointers_.template Get<char>() != nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| static bool IsLower(char c) { return 'a' <= c && c <= 'z'; } |
| static bool IsDigit(char c) { return '0' <= c && c <= '9'; } |
| static bool IsLowerOrDigit(char c) { return IsLower(c) || IsDigit(c); } |
| |
| enum class FieldNameCase { kAllLower, kSnakeCase, kOther }; |
| FieldNameCase GetFieldNameCase(const std::string& name) { |
| if (!IsLower(name[0])) return FieldNameCase::kOther; |
| FieldNameCase best = FieldNameCase::kAllLower; |
| for (char c : name) { |
| if (IsLowerOrDigit(c)) { |
| // nothing to do |
| } else if (c == '_') { |
| best = FieldNameCase::kSnakeCase; |
| } else { |
| return FieldNameCase::kOther; |
| } |
| } |
| return best; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename U> |
| bool ExpectConsumed() const { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK_EQ(total_.template Get<U>(), used_.template Get<U>()); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| TypeMap<PointerT, T...> pointers_; |
| TypeMap<IntT, T...> total_; |
| TypeMap<IntT, T...> used_; |
| }; |
| |
| } // namespace |
| |
| class Symbol { |
| public: |
| enum Type { |
| NULL_SYMBOL, |
| MESSAGE, |
| FIELD, |
| ONEOF, |
| ENUM, |
| ENUM_VALUE, |
| ENUM_VALUE_OTHER_PARENT, |
| SERVICE, |
| METHOD, |
| FULL_PACKAGE, |
| SUB_PACKAGE, |
| QUERY_KEY |
| }; |
| |
| Symbol() { |
| static constexpr internal::SymbolBase null_symbol{}; |
| static_assert(null_symbol.symbol_type_ == NULL_SYMBOL, ""); |
| // Initialize with a sentinel to make sure `ptr_` is never null. |
| ptr_ = &null_symbol; |
| } |
| |
| // Every object we store derives from internal::SymbolBase, where we store the |
| // symbol type enum. |
| // Storing in the object can be done without using more space in most cases, |
| // while storing it in the Symbol type would require 8 bytes. |
| #define DEFINE_MEMBERS(TYPE, TYPE_CONSTANT, FIELD) \ |
| explicit Symbol(TYPE* value) : ptr_(value) { \ |
| value->symbol_type_ = TYPE_CONSTANT; \ |
| } \ |
| const TYPE* FIELD() const { \ |
| return type() == TYPE_CONSTANT ? static_cast<const TYPE*>(ptr_) : nullptr; \ |
| } |
| |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(Descriptor, MESSAGE, descriptor) |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(FieldDescriptor, FIELD, field_descriptor) |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(OneofDescriptor, ONEOF, oneof_descriptor) |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(EnumDescriptor, ENUM, enum_descriptor) |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(ServiceDescriptor, SERVICE, service_descriptor) |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(MethodDescriptor, METHOD, method_descriptor) |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(FileDescriptor, FULL_PACKAGE, file_descriptor) |
| |
| // We use a special node for subpackage FileDescriptor. |
| // It is potentially added to the table with multiple different names, so we |
| // need a separate place to put the name. |
| struct Subpackage : internal::SymbolBase { |
| int name_size; |
| const FileDescriptor* file; |
| }; |
| DEFINE_MEMBERS(Subpackage, SUB_PACKAGE, sub_package_file_descriptor) |
| |
| // Enum values have two different parents. |
| // We use two different identitied for the same object to determine the two |
| // different insertions in the map. |
| static Symbol EnumValue(EnumValueDescriptor* value, int n) { |
| Symbol s; |
| internal::SymbolBase* ptr; |
| if (n == 0) { |
| ptr = static_cast<internal::SymbolBaseN<0>*>(value); |
| ptr->symbol_type_ = ENUM_VALUE; |
| } else { |
| ptr = static_cast<internal::SymbolBaseN<1>*>(value); |
| ptr->symbol_type_ = ENUM_VALUE_OTHER_PARENT; |
| } |
| s.ptr_ = ptr; |
| return s; |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* enum_value_descriptor() const { |
| return type() == ENUM_VALUE |
| ? static_cast<const EnumValueDescriptor*>( |
| static_cast<const internal::SymbolBaseN<0>*>(ptr_)) |
| : type() == ENUM_VALUE_OTHER_PARENT |
| ? static_cast<const EnumValueDescriptor*>( |
| static_cast<const internal::SymbolBaseN<1>*>(ptr_)) |
| : nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| // Not a real symbol. |
| // Only used for heterogeneous lookups and never actually inserted in the |
| // tables. |
| // TODO(b/215557658): If we templetize QueryKey on the expected object type we |
| // can skip the switches for the eq function altogether. |
| struct QueryKey : internal::SymbolBase { |
| StringPiece name; |
| const void* parent; |
| int field_number; |
| |
| // Adaptor functions to look like a Symbol to the comparators. |
| StringPiece full_name() const { return name; } |
| std::pair<const void*, int> parent_number_key() const { |
| return {parent, field_number}; |
| } |
| std::pair<const void*, StringPiece> parent_name_key() const { |
| return {parent, name}; |
| } |
| }; |
| // This constructor is implicit to allow for non-transparent lookups when |
| // necessary. |
| // For transparent lookup cases we query directly with the object without the |
| // type erasure layer. |
| Symbol(QueryKey& value) : ptr_(&value) { // NOLINT |
| value.symbol_type_ = QUERY_KEY; |
| } |
| const QueryKey* query_key() const { |
| return type() == QUERY_KEY ? static_cast<const QueryKey*>(ptr_) : nullptr; |
| } |
| #undef DEFINE_MEMBERS |
| |
| Type type() const { return static_cast<Type>(ptr_->symbol_type_); } |
| bool IsNull() const { return type() == NULL_SYMBOL; } |
| bool IsType() const { return type() == MESSAGE || type() == ENUM; } |
| bool IsAggregate() const { |
| return IsType() || IsPackage() || type() == SERVICE; |
| } |
| bool IsPackage() const { |
| return type() == FULL_PACKAGE || type() == SUB_PACKAGE; |
| } |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* GetFile() const { |
| switch (type()) { |
| case MESSAGE: |
| return descriptor()->file(); |
| case FIELD: |
| return field_descriptor()->file(); |
| case ONEOF: |
| return oneof_descriptor()->containing_type()->file(); |
| case ENUM: |
| return enum_descriptor()->file(); |
| case ENUM_VALUE: |
| return enum_value_descriptor()->type()->file(); |
| case SERVICE: |
| return service_descriptor()->file(); |
| case METHOD: |
| return method_descriptor()->service()->file(); |
| case FULL_PACKAGE: |
| return file_descriptor(); |
| case SUB_PACKAGE: |
| return sub_package_file_descriptor()->file; |
| default: |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| StringPiece full_name() const { |
| switch (type()) { |
| case MESSAGE: |
| return descriptor()->full_name(); |
| case FIELD: |
| return field_descriptor()->full_name(); |
| case ONEOF: |
| return oneof_descriptor()->full_name(); |
| case ENUM: |
| return enum_descriptor()->full_name(); |
| case ENUM_VALUE: |
| return enum_value_descriptor()->full_name(); |
| case SERVICE: |
| return service_descriptor()->full_name(); |
| case METHOD: |
| return method_descriptor()->full_name(); |
| case FULL_PACKAGE: |
| return file_descriptor()->package(); |
| case SUB_PACKAGE: |
| return StringPiece(sub_package_file_descriptor()->file->package()) |
| .substr(0, sub_package_file_descriptor()->name_size); |
| case QUERY_KEY: |
| return query_key()->full_name(); |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(false); |
| } |
| return ""; |
| } |
| |
| std::pair<const void*, StringPiece> parent_name_key() const { |
| const auto or_file = [&](const void* p) { return p ? p : GetFile(); }; |
| switch (type()) { |
| case MESSAGE: |
| return {or_file(descriptor()->containing_type()), descriptor()->name()}; |
| case FIELD: { |
| auto* field = field_descriptor(); |
| return {or_file(field->is_extension() ? field->extension_scope() |
| : field->containing_type()), |
| field->name()}; |
| } |
| case ONEOF: |
| return {oneof_descriptor()->containing_type(), |
| oneof_descriptor()->name()}; |
| case ENUM: |
| return {or_file(enum_descriptor()->containing_type()), |
| enum_descriptor()->name()}; |
| case ENUM_VALUE: |
| return {or_file(enum_value_descriptor()->type()->containing_type()), |
| enum_value_descriptor()->name()}; |
| case ENUM_VALUE_OTHER_PARENT: |
| return {enum_value_descriptor()->type(), |
| enum_value_descriptor()->name()}; |
| case SERVICE: |
| return {GetFile(), service_descriptor()->name()}; |
| case METHOD: |
| return {method_descriptor()->service(), method_descriptor()->name()}; |
| case QUERY_KEY: |
| return query_key()->parent_name_key(); |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(false); |
| } |
| return {}; |
| } |
| |
| std::pair<const void*, int> parent_number_key() const { |
| switch (type()) { |
| case FIELD: |
| return {field_descriptor()->containing_type(), |
| field_descriptor()->number()}; |
| case ENUM_VALUE: |
| return {enum_value_descriptor()->type(), |
| enum_value_descriptor()->number()}; |
| case QUERY_KEY: |
| return query_key()->parent_number_key(); |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(false); |
| } |
| return {}; |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| const internal::SymbolBase* ptr_; |
| }; |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor::CppType |
| FieldDescriptor::kTypeToCppTypeMap[MAX_TYPE + 1] = { |
| static_cast<CppType>(0), // 0 is reserved for errors |
| |
| CPPTYPE_DOUBLE, // TYPE_DOUBLE |
| CPPTYPE_FLOAT, // TYPE_FLOAT |
| CPPTYPE_INT64, // TYPE_INT64 |
| CPPTYPE_UINT64, // TYPE_UINT64 |
| CPPTYPE_INT32, // TYPE_INT32 |
| CPPTYPE_UINT64, // TYPE_FIXED64 |
| CPPTYPE_UINT32, // TYPE_FIXED32 |
| CPPTYPE_BOOL, // TYPE_BOOL |
| CPPTYPE_STRING, // TYPE_STRING |
| CPPTYPE_MESSAGE, // TYPE_GROUP |
| CPPTYPE_MESSAGE, // TYPE_MESSAGE |
| CPPTYPE_STRING, // TYPE_BYTES |
| CPPTYPE_UINT32, // TYPE_UINT32 |
| CPPTYPE_ENUM, // TYPE_ENUM |
| CPPTYPE_INT32, // TYPE_SFIXED32 |
| CPPTYPE_INT64, // TYPE_SFIXED64 |
| CPPTYPE_INT32, // TYPE_SINT32 |
| CPPTYPE_INT64, // TYPE_SINT64 |
| }; |
| |
| const char* const FieldDescriptor::kTypeToName[MAX_TYPE + 1] = { |
| "ERROR", // 0 is reserved for errors |
| |
| "double", // TYPE_DOUBLE |
| "float", // TYPE_FLOAT |
| "int64", // TYPE_INT64 |
| "uint64", // TYPE_UINT64 |
| "int32", // TYPE_INT32 |
| "fixed64", // TYPE_FIXED64 |
| "fixed32", // TYPE_FIXED32 |
| "bool", // TYPE_BOOL |
| "string", // TYPE_STRING |
| "group", // TYPE_GROUP |
| "message", // TYPE_MESSAGE |
| "bytes", // TYPE_BYTES |
| "uint32", // TYPE_UINT32 |
| "enum", // TYPE_ENUM |
| "sfixed32", // TYPE_SFIXED32 |
| "sfixed64", // TYPE_SFIXED64 |
| "sint32", // TYPE_SINT32 |
| "sint64", // TYPE_SINT64 |
| }; |
| |
| const char* const FieldDescriptor::kCppTypeToName[MAX_CPPTYPE + 1] = { |
| "ERROR", // 0 is reserved for errors |
| |
| "int32", // CPPTYPE_INT32 |
| "int64", // CPPTYPE_INT64 |
| "uint32", // CPPTYPE_UINT32 |
| "uint64", // CPPTYPE_UINT64 |
| "double", // CPPTYPE_DOUBLE |
| "float", // CPPTYPE_FLOAT |
| "bool", // CPPTYPE_BOOL |
| "enum", // CPPTYPE_ENUM |
| "string", // CPPTYPE_STRING |
| "message", // CPPTYPE_MESSAGE |
| }; |
| |
| const char* const FieldDescriptor::kLabelToName[MAX_LABEL + 1] = { |
| "ERROR", // 0 is reserved for errors |
| |
| "optional", // LABEL_OPTIONAL |
| "required", // LABEL_REQUIRED |
| "repeated", // LABEL_REPEATED |
| }; |
| |
| const char* FileDescriptor::SyntaxName(FileDescriptor::Syntax syntax) { |
| switch (syntax) { |
| case SYNTAX_PROTO2: |
| return "proto2"; |
| case SYNTAX_PROTO3: |
| return "proto3"; |
| case SYNTAX_UNKNOWN: |
| return "unknown"; |
| } |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "can't reach here."; |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| static const char* const kNonLinkedWeakMessageReplacementName = "google.protobuf.Empty"; |
| |
| #if !defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER >= 1900 && _MSC_VER < 1912) |
| const int FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber; |
| const int FieldDescriptor::kFirstReservedNumber; |
| const int FieldDescriptor::kLastReservedNumber; |
| #endif |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| std::string EnumValueToPascalCase(const std::string& input) { |
| bool next_upper = true; |
| std::string result; |
| result.reserve(input.size()); |
| |
| for (char character : input) { |
| if (character == '_') { |
| next_upper = true; |
| } else { |
| if (next_upper) { |
| result.push_back(ToUpper(character)); |
| } else { |
| result.push_back(ToLower(character)); |
| } |
| next_upper = false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| // Class to remove an enum prefix from enum values. |
| class PrefixRemover { |
| public: |
| PrefixRemover(StringPiece prefix) { |
| // Strip underscores and lower-case the prefix. |
| for (char character : prefix) { |
| if (character != '_') { |
| prefix_ += ascii_tolower(character); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Tries to remove the enum prefix from this enum value. |
| // If this is not possible, returns the input verbatim. |
| std::string MaybeRemove(StringPiece str) { |
| // We can't just lowercase and strip str and look for a prefix. |
| // We need to properly recognize the difference between: |
| // |
| // enum Foo { |
| // FOO_BAR_BAZ = 0; |
| // FOO_BARBAZ = 1; |
| // } |
| // |
| // This is acceptable (though perhaps not advisable) because even when |
| // we PascalCase, these two will still be distinct (BarBaz vs. Barbaz). |
| size_t i, j; |
| |
| // Skip past prefix_ in str if we can. |
| for (i = 0, j = 0; i < str.size() && j < prefix_.size(); i++) { |
| if (str[i] == '_') { |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (ascii_tolower(str[i]) != prefix_[j++]) { |
| return std::string(str); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If we didn't make it through the prefix, we've failed to strip the |
| // prefix. |
| if (j < prefix_.size()) { |
| return std::string(str); |
| } |
| |
| // Skip underscores between prefix and further characters. |
| while (i < str.size() && str[i] == '_') { |
| i++; |
| } |
| |
| // Enum label can't be the empty string. |
| if (i == str.size()) { |
| return std::string(str); |
| } |
| |
| // We successfully stripped the prefix. |
| str.remove_prefix(i); |
| return std::string(str); |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| std::string prefix_; |
| }; |
| |
| // A DescriptorPool contains a bunch of hash-maps to implement the |
| // various Find*By*() methods. Since hashtable lookups are O(1), it's |
| // most efficient to construct a fixed set of large hash-maps used by |
| // all objects in the pool rather than construct one or more small |
| // hash-maps for each object. |
| // |
| // The keys to these hash-maps are (parent, name) or (parent, number) pairs. |
| |
| typedef std::pair<const void*, StringPiece> PointerStringPair; |
| |
| typedef std::pair<const Descriptor*, int> DescriptorIntPair; |
| |
| #define HASH_MAP std::unordered_map |
| #define HASH_SET std::unordered_set |
| #define HASH_FXN hash |
| |
| template <typename PairType> |
| struct PointerIntegerPairHash { |
| size_t operator()(const PairType& p) const { |
| static const size_t prime1 = 16777499; |
| static const size_t prime2 = 16777619; |
| return reinterpret_cast<size_t>(p.first) * prime1 ^ |
| static_cast<size_t>(p.second) * prime2; |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| // Used only by MSVC and platforms where hash_map is not available. |
| static const size_t bucket_size = 4; |
| static const size_t min_buckets = 8; |
| #endif |
| inline bool operator()(const PairType& a, const PairType& b) const { |
| return a < b; |
| } |
| }; |
| |
| struct PointerStringPairHash { |
| size_t operator()(const PointerStringPair& p) const { |
| static const size_t prime = 16777619; |
| hash<StringPiece> string_hash; |
| return reinterpret_cast<size_t>(p.first) * prime ^ |
| static_cast<size_t>(string_hash(p.second)); |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| // Used only by MSVC and platforms where hash_map is not available. |
| static const size_t bucket_size = 4; |
| static const size_t min_buckets = 8; |
| #endif |
| inline bool operator()(const PointerStringPair& a, |
| const PointerStringPair& b) const { |
| return a < b; |
| } |
| }; |
| |
| |
| struct SymbolByFullNameHash { |
| using is_transparent = void; |
| |
| template <typename T> |
| size_t operator()(const T& s) const { |
| return HASH_FXN<StringPiece>{}(s.full_name()); |
| } |
| }; |
| struct SymbolByFullNameEq { |
| using is_transparent = void; |
| |
| template <typename T, typename U> |
| bool operator()(const T& a, const U& b) const { |
| return a.full_name() == b.full_name(); |
| } |
| }; |
| using SymbolsByNameSet = |
| HASH_SET<Symbol, SymbolByFullNameHash, SymbolByFullNameEq>; |
| |
| struct SymbolByParentHash { |
| using is_transparent = void; |
| |
| template <typename T> |
| size_t operator()(const T& s) const { |
| return PointerStringPairHash{}(s.parent_name_key()); |
| } |
| }; |
| struct SymbolByParentEq { |
| using is_transparent = void; |
| |
| template <typename T, typename U> |
| bool operator()(const T& a, const U& b) const { |
| return a.parent_name_key() == b.parent_name_key(); |
| } |
| }; |
| using SymbolsByParentSet = |
| HASH_SET<Symbol, SymbolByParentHash, SymbolByParentEq>; |
| |
| typedef HASH_MAP<StringPiece, const FileDescriptor*, |
| HASH_FXN<StringPiece>> |
| FilesByNameMap; |
| |
| typedef HASH_MAP<PointerStringPair, const FieldDescriptor*, |
| PointerStringPairHash> |
| FieldsByNameMap; |
| |
| struct FieldsByNumberHash { |
| using is_transparent = void; |
| |
| template <typename T> |
| size_t operator()(const T& s) const { |
| return PointerIntegerPairHash<std::pair<const void*, int>>{}( |
| s.parent_number_key()); |
| } |
| }; |
| struct FieldsByNumberEq { |
| using is_transparent = void; |
| |
| template <typename T, typename U> |
| bool operator()(const T& a, const U& b) const { |
| return a.parent_number_key() == b.parent_number_key(); |
| } |
| }; |
| using FieldsByNumberSet = |
| HASH_SET<Symbol, FieldsByNumberHash, FieldsByNumberEq>; |
| using EnumValuesByNumberSet = FieldsByNumberSet; |
| |
| // This is a map rather than a hash-map, since we use it to iterate |
| // through all the extensions that extend a given Descriptor, and an |
| // ordered data structure that implements lower_bound is convenient |
| // for that. |
| typedef std::map<DescriptorIntPair, const FieldDescriptor*> |
| ExtensionsGroupedByDescriptorMap; |
| typedef HASH_MAP<std::string, const SourceCodeInfo_Location*> |
| LocationsByPathMap; |
| |
| std::set<std::string>* NewAllowedProto3Extendee() { |
| auto allowed_proto3_extendees = new std::set<std::string>; |
| const char* kOptionNames[] = { |
| "FileOptions", "MessageOptions", "FieldOptions", |
| "EnumOptions", "EnumValueOptions", "ServiceOptions", |
| "MethodOptions", "OneofOptions", "ExtensionRangeOptions"}; |
| for (const char* option_name : kOptionNames) { |
| // descriptor.proto has a different package name in opensource. We allow |
| // both so the opensource protocol compiler can also compile internal |
| // proto3 files with custom options. See: b/27567912 |
| allowed_proto3_extendees->insert(std::string("google.protobuf.") + |
| option_name); |
| // Split the word to trick the opensource processing scripts so they |
| // will keep the original package name. |
| allowed_proto3_extendees->insert(std::string("proto") + "2." + option_name); |
| } |
| return allowed_proto3_extendees; |
| } |
| |
| // Checks whether the extendee type is allowed in proto3. |
| // Only extensions to descriptor options are allowed. We use name comparison |
| // instead of comparing the descriptor directly because the extensions may be |
| // defined in a different pool. |
| bool AllowedExtendeeInProto3(const std::string& name) { |
| static auto allowed_proto3_extendees = |
| internal::OnShutdownDelete(NewAllowedProto3Extendee()); |
| return allowed_proto3_extendees->find(name) != |
| allowed_proto3_extendees->end(); |
| } |
| } // anonymous namespace |
| |
| // Contains tables specific to a particular file. These tables are not |
| // modified once the file has been constructed, so they need not be |
| // protected by a mutex. This makes operations that depend only on the |
| // contents of a single file -- e.g. Descriptor::FindFieldByName() -- |
| // lock-free. |
| // |
| // For historical reasons, the definitions of the methods of |
| // FileDescriptorTables and DescriptorPool::Tables are interleaved below. |
| // These used to be a single class. |
| class FileDescriptorTables { |
| public: |
| FileDescriptorTables(); |
| ~FileDescriptorTables(); |
| |
| // Empty table, used with placeholder files. |
| inline static const FileDescriptorTables& GetEmptyInstance(); |
| |
| // ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| // Finding items. |
| |
| // Returns a null Symbol (symbol.IsNull() is true) if not found. |
| inline Symbol FindNestedSymbol(const void* parent, |
| StringPiece name) const; |
| |
| // These return nullptr if not found. |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* FindFieldByNumber(const Descriptor* parent, |
| int number) const; |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* FindFieldByLowercaseName( |
| const void* parent, StringPiece lowercase_name) const; |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* FindFieldByCamelcaseName( |
| const void* parent, StringPiece camelcase_name) const; |
| inline const EnumValueDescriptor* FindEnumValueByNumber( |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, int number) const; |
| // This creates a new EnumValueDescriptor if not found, in a thread-safe way. |
| inline const EnumValueDescriptor* FindEnumValueByNumberCreatingIfUnknown( |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, int number) const; |
| |
| // ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| // Adding items. |
| |
| // These add items to the corresponding tables. They return false if |
| // the key already exists in the table. |
| bool AddAliasUnderParent(const void* parent, const std::string& name, |
| Symbol symbol); |
| bool AddFieldByNumber(FieldDescriptor* field); |
| bool AddEnumValueByNumber(EnumValueDescriptor* value); |
| |
| // Populates p->first->locations_by_path_ from p->second. |
| // Unusual signature dictated by internal::call_once. |
| static void BuildLocationsByPath( |
| std::pair<const FileDescriptorTables*, const SourceCodeInfo*>* p); |
| |
| // Returns the location denoted by the specified path through info, |
| // or nullptr if not found. |
| // The value of info must be that of the corresponding FileDescriptor. |
| // (Conceptually a pure function, but stateful as an optimisation.) |
| const SourceCodeInfo_Location* GetSourceLocation( |
| const std::vector<int>& path, const SourceCodeInfo* info) const; |
| |
| // Must be called after BuildFileImpl(), even if the build failed and |
| // we are going to roll back to the last checkpoint. |
| void FinalizeTables(); |
| |
| private: |
| const void* FindParentForFieldsByMap(const FieldDescriptor* field) const; |
| static void FieldsByLowercaseNamesLazyInitStatic( |
| const FileDescriptorTables* tables); |
| void FieldsByLowercaseNamesLazyInitInternal() const; |
| static void FieldsByCamelcaseNamesLazyInitStatic( |
| const FileDescriptorTables* tables); |
| void FieldsByCamelcaseNamesLazyInitInternal() const; |
| |
| SymbolsByParentSet symbols_by_parent_; |
| mutable internal::once_flag fields_by_lowercase_name_once_; |
| mutable internal::once_flag fields_by_camelcase_name_once_; |
| // Make these fields atomic to avoid race conditions with |
| // GetEstimatedOwnedMemoryBytesSize. Once the pointer is set the map won't |
| // change anymore. |
| mutable std::atomic<const FieldsByNameMap*> fields_by_lowercase_name_{}; |
| mutable std::atomic<const FieldsByNameMap*> fields_by_camelcase_name_{}; |
| FieldsByNumberSet fields_by_number_; // Not including extensions. |
| EnumValuesByNumberSet enum_values_by_number_; |
| mutable EnumValuesByNumberSet unknown_enum_values_by_number_ |
| PROTOBUF_GUARDED_BY(unknown_enum_values_mu_); |
| |
| // Populated on first request to save space, hence constness games. |
| mutable internal::once_flag locations_by_path_once_; |
| mutable LocationsByPathMap locations_by_path_; |
| |
| // Mutex to protect the unknown-enum-value map due to dynamic |
| // EnumValueDescriptor creation on unknown values. |
| mutable internal::WrappedMutex unknown_enum_values_mu_; |
| }; |
| |
| namespace internal { |
| |
| // Small sequential allocator to be used within a single file. |
| // Most of the memory for a single FileDescriptor and everything under it is |
| // allocated in a single block of memory, with the FlatAllocator giving it out |
| // in parts later. |
| // The code first plans the total number of bytes needed by calling PlanArray |
| // with all the allocations that will happen afterwards, then calls |
| // FinalizePlanning passing the underlying allocator (the DescriptorPool::Tables |
| // instance), and then proceeds to get the memory via |
| // `AllocateArray`/`AllocateString` calls. The calls to PlanArray and |
| // The calls have to match between planning and allocating, though not |
| // necessarily in the same order. |
| class FlatAllocator |
| : public decltype(ApplyTypeList<FlatAllocatorImpl>( |
| SortByAlignment<char, std::string, SourceCodeInfo, |
| FileDescriptorTables, |
| // Option types |
| MessageOptions, FieldOptions, EnumOptions, |
| EnumValueOptions, ExtensionRangeOptions, OneofOptions, |
| ServiceOptions, MethodOptions, FileOptions>())) {}; |
| |
| } // namespace internal |
| |
| // =================================================================== |
| // DescriptorPool::Tables |
| |
| class DescriptorPool::Tables { |
| public: |
| Tables(); |
| ~Tables(); |
| |
| // Record the current state of the tables to the stack of checkpoints. |
| // Each call to AddCheckpoint() must be paired with exactly one call to either |
| // ClearLastCheckpoint() or RollbackToLastCheckpoint(). |
| // |
| // This is used when building files, since some kinds of validation errors |
| // cannot be detected until the file's descriptors have already been added to |
| // the tables. |
| // |
| // This supports recursive checkpoints, since building a file may trigger |
| // recursive building of other files. Note that recursive checkpoints are not |
| // normally necessary; explicit dependencies are built prior to checkpointing. |
| // So although we recursively build transitive imports, there is at most one |
| // checkpoint in the stack during dependency building. |
| // |
| // Recursive checkpoints only arise during cross-linking of the descriptors. |
| // Symbol references must be resolved, via DescriptorBuilder::FindSymbol and |
| // friends. If the pending file references an unknown symbol |
| // (e.g., it is not defined in the pending file's explicit dependencies), and |
| // the pool is using a fallback database, and that database contains a file |
| // defining that symbol, and that file has not yet been built by the pool, |
| // the pool builds the file during cross-linking, leading to another |
| // checkpoint. |
| void AddCheckpoint(); |
| |
| // Mark the last checkpoint as having cleared successfully, removing it from |
| // the stack. If the stack is empty, all pending symbols will be committed. |
| // |
| // Note that this does not guarantee that the symbols added since the last |
| // checkpoint won't be rolled back: if a checkpoint gets rolled back, |
| // everything past that point gets rolled back, including symbols added after |
| // checkpoints that were pushed onto the stack after it and marked as cleared. |
| void ClearLastCheckpoint(); |
| |
| // Roll back the Tables to the state of the checkpoint at the top of the |
| // stack, removing everything that was added after that point. |
| void RollbackToLastCheckpoint(); |
| |
| // The stack of files which are currently being built. Used to detect |
| // cyclic dependencies when loading files from a DescriptorDatabase. Not |
| // used when fallback_database_ == nullptr. |
| std::vector<std::string> pending_files_; |
| |
| // A set of files which we have tried to load from the fallback database |
| // and encountered errors. We will not attempt to load them again during |
| // execution of the current public API call, but for compatibility with |
| // legacy clients, this is cleared at the beginning of each public API call. |
| // Not used when fallback_database_ == nullptr. |
| HASH_SET<std::string> known_bad_files_; |
| |
| // A set of symbols which we have tried to load from the fallback database |
| // and encountered errors. We will not attempt to load them again during |
| // execution of the current public API call, but for compatibility with |
| // legacy clients, this is cleared at the beginning of each public API call. |
| HASH_SET<std::string> known_bad_symbols_; |
| |
| // The set of descriptors for which we've already loaded the full |
| // set of extensions numbers from fallback_database_. |
| HASH_SET<const Descriptor*> extensions_loaded_from_db_; |
| |
| // Maps type name to Descriptor::WellKnownType. This is logically global |
| // and const, but we make it a member here to simplify its construction and |
| // destruction. This only has 20-ish entries and is one per DescriptorPool, |
| // so the overhead is small. |
| HASH_MAP<std::string, Descriptor::WellKnownType> well_known_types_; |
| |
| // ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| // Finding items. |
| |
| // Find symbols. This returns a null Symbol (symbol.IsNull() is true) |
| // if not found. |
| inline Symbol FindSymbol(StringPiece key) const; |
| |
| // This implements the body of DescriptorPool::Find*ByName(). It should |
| // really be a private method of DescriptorPool, but that would require |
| // declaring Symbol in descriptor.h, which would drag all kinds of other |
| // stuff into the header. Yay C++. |
| Symbol FindByNameHelper(const DescriptorPool* pool, StringPiece name); |
| |
| // These return nullptr if not found. |
| inline const FileDescriptor* FindFile(StringPiece key) const; |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* FindExtension(const Descriptor* extendee, |
| int number) const; |
| inline void FindAllExtensions(const Descriptor* extendee, |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>* out) const; |
| |
| // ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| // Adding items. |
| |
| // These add items to the corresponding tables. They return false if |
| // the key already exists in the table. For AddSymbol(), the string passed |
| // in must be one that was constructed using AllocateString(), as it will |
| // be used as a key in the symbols_by_name_ map without copying. |
| bool AddSymbol(const std::string& full_name, Symbol symbol); |
| bool AddFile(const FileDescriptor* file); |
| bool AddExtension(const FieldDescriptor* field); |
| |
| // ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| // Allocating memory. |
| |
| // Allocate an object which will be reclaimed when the pool is |
| // destroyed. Note that the object's destructor will never be called, |
| // so its fields must be plain old data (primitive data types and |
| // pointers). All of the descriptor types are such objects. |
| template <typename Type> |
| Type* Allocate(); |
| |
| // Allocate some bytes which will be reclaimed when the pool is |
| // destroyed. Memory is aligned to 8 bytes. |
| void* AllocateBytes(int size); |
| |
| // Create a FlatAllocation for the corresponding sizes. |
| // All objects within it will be default constructed. |
| // The whole allocation, including the non-trivial objects within, will be |
| // destroyed with the pool. |
| template <typename... T> |
| internal::FlatAllocator::Allocation* CreateFlatAlloc( |
| const TypeMap<IntT, T...>& sizes); |
| |
| |
| private: |
| // All memory allocated in the pool. Must be first as other objects can |
| // point into these. |
| struct MiscDeleter { |
| void operator()(int* p) const { internal::SizedDelete(p, *p + 8); } |
| }; |
| // Miscellaneous allocations are length prefixed. The paylaod is 8 bytes after |
| // the `int` that contains the size. This keeps the payload aligned. |
| std::vector<std::unique_ptr<int, MiscDeleter>> misc_allocs_; |
| struct FlatAllocDeleter { |
| void operator()(internal::FlatAllocator::Allocation* p) const { |
| p->Destroy(); |
| } |
| }; |
| std::vector< |
| std::unique_ptr<internal::FlatAllocator::Allocation, FlatAllocDeleter>> |
| flat_allocs_; |
| |
| SymbolsByNameSet symbols_by_name_; |
| FilesByNameMap files_by_name_; |
| ExtensionsGroupedByDescriptorMap extensions_; |
| |
| struct CheckPoint { |
| explicit CheckPoint(const Tables* tables) |
| : flat_allocations_before_checkpoint( |
| static_cast<int>(tables->flat_allocs_.size())), |
| misc_allocations_before_checkpoint( |
| static_cast<int>(tables->misc_allocs_.size())), |
| pending_symbols_before_checkpoint( |
| tables->symbols_after_checkpoint_.size()), |
| pending_files_before_checkpoint( |
| tables->files_after_checkpoint_.size()), |
| pending_extensions_before_checkpoint( |
| tables->extensions_after_checkpoint_.size()) {} |
| int flat_allocations_before_checkpoint; |
| int misc_allocations_before_checkpoint; |
| int pending_symbols_before_checkpoint; |
| int pending_files_before_checkpoint; |
| int pending_extensions_before_checkpoint; |
| }; |
| std::vector<CheckPoint> checkpoints_; |
| std::vector<Symbol> symbols_after_checkpoint_; |
| std::vector<const FileDescriptor*> files_after_checkpoint_; |
| std::vector<DescriptorIntPair> extensions_after_checkpoint_; |
| }; |
| |
| DescriptorPool::Tables::Tables() { |
| well_known_types_.insert({ |
| {"google.protobuf.DoubleValue", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_DOUBLEVALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.FloatValue", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_FLOATVALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.Int64Value", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_INT64VALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.UInt64Value", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_UINT64VALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.Int32Value", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_INT32VALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.UInt32Value", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_UINT32VALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.StringValue", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_STRINGVALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.BytesValue", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_BYTESVALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.BoolValue", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_BOOLVALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.Any", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_ANY}, |
| {"google.protobuf.FieldMask", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_FIELDMASK}, |
| {"google.protobuf.Duration", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_DURATION}, |
| {"google.protobuf.Timestamp", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_TIMESTAMP}, |
| {"google.protobuf.Value", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_VALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.ListValue", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_LISTVALUE}, |
| {"google.protobuf.Struct", Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_STRUCT}, |
| }); |
| } |
| |
| DescriptorPool::Tables::~Tables() { GOOGLE_DCHECK(checkpoints_.empty()); } |
| |
| FileDescriptorTables::FileDescriptorTables() {} |
| |
| FileDescriptorTables::~FileDescriptorTables() { |
| delete fields_by_lowercase_name_.load(std::memory_order_acquire); |
| delete fields_by_camelcase_name_.load(std::memory_order_acquire); |
| } |
| |
| inline const FileDescriptorTables& FileDescriptorTables::GetEmptyInstance() { |
| static auto file_descriptor_tables = |
| internal::OnShutdownDelete(new FileDescriptorTables()); |
| return *file_descriptor_tables; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::Tables::AddCheckpoint() { |
| checkpoints_.push_back(CheckPoint(this)); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::Tables::ClearLastCheckpoint() { |
| GOOGLE_DCHECK(!checkpoints_.empty()); |
| checkpoints_.pop_back(); |
| if (checkpoints_.empty()) { |
| // All checkpoints have been cleared: we can now commit all of the pending |
| // data. |
| symbols_after_checkpoint_.clear(); |
| files_after_checkpoint_.clear(); |
| extensions_after_checkpoint_.clear(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::Tables::RollbackToLastCheckpoint() { |
| GOOGLE_DCHECK(!checkpoints_.empty()); |
| const CheckPoint& checkpoint = checkpoints_.back(); |
| |
| for (size_t i = checkpoint.pending_symbols_before_checkpoint; |
| i < symbols_after_checkpoint_.size(); i++) { |
| symbols_by_name_.erase(symbols_after_checkpoint_[i]); |
| } |
| for (size_t i = checkpoint.pending_files_before_checkpoint; |
| i < files_after_checkpoint_.size(); i++) { |
| files_by_name_.erase(files_after_checkpoint_[i]->name()); |
| } |
| for (size_t i = checkpoint.pending_extensions_before_checkpoint; |
| i < extensions_after_checkpoint_.size(); i++) { |
| extensions_.erase(extensions_after_checkpoint_[i]); |
| } |
| |
| symbols_after_checkpoint_.resize( |
| checkpoint.pending_symbols_before_checkpoint); |
| files_after_checkpoint_.resize(checkpoint.pending_files_before_checkpoint); |
| extensions_after_checkpoint_.resize( |
| checkpoint.pending_extensions_before_checkpoint); |
| |
| flat_allocs_.resize(checkpoint.flat_allocations_before_checkpoint); |
| misc_allocs_.resize(checkpoint.misc_allocations_before_checkpoint); |
| checkpoints_.pop_back(); |
| } |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| inline Symbol DescriptorPool::Tables::FindSymbol(StringPiece key) const { |
| Symbol::QueryKey name; |
| name.name = key; |
| auto it = symbols_by_name_.find(name); |
| return it == symbols_by_name_.end() ? Symbol() : *it; |
| } |
| |
| inline Symbol FileDescriptorTables::FindNestedSymbol( |
| const void* parent, StringPiece name) const { |
| Symbol::QueryKey query; |
| query.name = name; |
| query.parent = parent; |
| auto it = symbols_by_parent_.find(query); |
| return it == symbols_by_parent_.end() ? Symbol() : *it; |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorPool::Tables::FindByNameHelper(const DescriptorPool* pool, |
| StringPiece name) { |
| if (pool->mutex_ != nullptr) { |
| // Fast path: the Symbol is already cached. This is just a hash lookup. |
| ReaderMutexLock lock(pool->mutex_); |
| if (known_bad_symbols_.empty() && known_bad_files_.empty()) { |
| Symbol result = FindSymbol(name); |
| if (!result.IsNull()) return result; |
| } |
| } |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(pool->mutex_); |
| if (pool->fallback_database_ != nullptr) { |
| known_bad_symbols_.clear(); |
| known_bad_files_.clear(); |
| } |
| Symbol result = FindSymbol(name); |
| |
| if (result.IsNull() && pool->underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| // Symbol not found; check the underlay. |
| result = pool->underlay_->tables_->FindByNameHelper(pool->underlay_, name); |
| } |
| |
| if (result.IsNull()) { |
| // Symbol still not found, so check fallback database. |
| if (pool->TryFindSymbolInFallbackDatabase(name)) { |
| result = FindSymbol(name); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| inline const FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::Tables::FindFile( |
| StringPiece key) const { |
| return FindPtrOrNull(files_by_name_, key); |
| } |
| |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* FileDescriptorTables::FindFieldByNumber( |
| const Descriptor* parent, int number) const { |
| // If `number` is within the sequential range, just index into the parent |
| // without doing a table lookup. |
| if (parent != nullptr && // |
| 1 <= number && number <= parent->sequential_field_limit_) { |
| return parent->field(number - 1); |
| } |
| |
| Symbol::QueryKey query; |
| query.parent = parent; |
| query.field_number = number; |
| |
| auto it = fields_by_number_.find(query); |
| return it == fields_by_number_.end() ? nullptr : it->field_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const void* FileDescriptorTables::FindParentForFieldsByMap( |
| const FieldDescriptor* field) const { |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| if (field->extension_scope() == nullptr) { |
| return field->file(); |
| } else { |
| return field->extension_scope(); |
| } |
| } else { |
| return field->containing_type(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptorTables::FieldsByLowercaseNamesLazyInitStatic( |
| const FileDescriptorTables* tables) { |
| tables->FieldsByLowercaseNamesLazyInitInternal(); |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptorTables::FieldsByLowercaseNamesLazyInitInternal() const { |
| auto* map = new FieldsByNameMap; |
| for (Symbol symbol : symbols_by_parent_) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = symbol.field_descriptor(); |
| if (!field) continue; |
| (*map)[{FindParentForFieldsByMap(field), field->lowercase_name().c_str()}] = |
| field; |
| } |
| fields_by_lowercase_name_.store(map, std::memory_order_release); |
| } |
| |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* FileDescriptorTables::FindFieldByLowercaseName( |
| const void* parent, StringPiece lowercase_name) const { |
| internal::call_once( |
| fields_by_lowercase_name_once_, |
| &FileDescriptorTables::FieldsByLowercaseNamesLazyInitStatic, this); |
| return FindPtrOrNull( |
| *fields_by_lowercase_name_.load(std::memory_order_acquire), |
| PointerStringPair(parent, lowercase_name)); |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptorTables::FieldsByCamelcaseNamesLazyInitStatic( |
| const FileDescriptorTables* tables) { |
| tables->FieldsByCamelcaseNamesLazyInitInternal(); |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptorTables::FieldsByCamelcaseNamesLazyInitInternal() const { |
| auto* map = new FieldsByNameMap; |
| for (Symbol symbol : symbols_by_parent_) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = symbol.field_descriptor(); |
| if (!field) continue; |
| (*map)[{FindParentForFieldsByMap(field), field->camelcase_name().c_str()}] = |
| field; |
| } |
| fields_by_camelcase_name_.store(map, std::memory_order_release); |
| } |
| |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* FileDescriptorTables::FindFieldByCamelcaseName( |
| const void* parent, StringPiece camelcase_name) const { |
| internal::call_once( |
| fields_by_camelcase_name_once_, |
| FileDescriptorTables::FieldsByCamelcaseNamesLazyInitStatic, this); |
| return FindPtrOrNull( |
| *fields_by_camelcase_name_.load(std::memory_order_acquire), |
| PointerStringPair(parent, camelcase_name)); |
| } |
| |
| inline const EnumValueDescriptor* FileDescriptorTables::FindEnumValueByNumber( |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, int number) const { |
| // If `number` is within the sequential range, just index into the parent |
| // without doing a table lookup. |
| const int base = parent->value(0)->number(); |
| if (base <= number && |
| number <= static_cast<int64_t>(base) + parent->sequential_value_limit_) { |
| return parent->value(number - base); |
| } |
| |
| Symbol::QueryKey query; |
| query.parent = parent; |
| query.field_number = number; |
| |
| auto it = enum_values_by_number_.find(query); |
| return it == enum_values_by_number_.end() ? nullptr |
| : it->enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| inline const EnumValueDescriptor* |
| FileDescriptorTables::FindEnumValueByNumberCreatingIfUnknown( |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, int number) const { |
| // First try, with map of compiled-in values. |
| { |
| const auto* value = FindEnumValueByNumber(parent, number); |
| if (value != nullptr) { |
| return value; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Symbol::QueryKey query; |
| query.parent = parent; |
| query.field_number = number; |
| |
| // Second try, with reader lock held on unknown enum values: common case. |
| { |
| ReaderMutexLock l(&unknown_enum_values_mu_); |
| auto it = unknown_enum_values_by_number_.find(query); |
| if (it != unknown_enum_values_by_number_.end() && |
| it->enum_value_descriptor() != nullptr) { |
| return it->enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } |
| } |
| // If not found, try again with writer lock held, and create new descriptor if |
| // necessary. |
| { |
| WriterMutexLock l(&unknown_enum_values_mu_); |
| auto it = unknown_enum_values_by_number_.find(query); |
| if (it != unknown_enum_values_by_number_.end() && |
| it->enum_value_descriptor() != nullptr) { |
| return it->enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| // Create an EnumValueDescriptor dynamically. We don't insert it into the |
| // EnumDescriptor (it's not a part of the enum as originally defined), but |
| // we do insert it into the table so that we can return the same pointer |
| // later. |
| std::string enum_value_name = StringPrintf( |
| "UNKNOWN_ENUM_VALUE_%s_%d", parent->name().c_str(), number); |
| auto* pool = DescriptorPool::generated_pool(); |
| auto* tables = const_cast<DescriptorPool::Tables*>(pool->tables_.get()); |
| internal::FlatAllocator alloc; |
| alloc.PlanArray<EnumValueDescriptor>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2); |
| |
| { |
| // Must lock the pool because we will do allocations in the shared arena. |
| MutexLockMaybe l2(pool->mutex_); |
| alloc.FinalizePlanning(tables); |
| } |
| EnumValueDescriptor* result = alloc.AllocateArray<EnumValueDescriptor>(1); |
| result->all_names_ = alloc.AllocateStrings( |
| enum_value_name, |
| StrCat(parent->full_name(), ".", enum_value_name)); |
| result->number_ = number; |
| result->type_ = parent; |
| result->options_ = &EnumValueOptions::default_instance(); |
| unknown_enum_values_by_number_.insert(Symbol::EnumValue(result, 0)); |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| inline const FieldDescriptor* DescriptorPool::Tables::FindExtension( |
| const Descriptor* extendee, int number) const { |
| return FindPtrOrNull(extensions_, std::make_pair(extendee, number)); |
| } |
| |
| inline void DescriptorPool::Tables::FindAllExtensions( |
| const Descriptor* extendee, |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>* out) const { |
| ExtensionsGroupedByDescriptorMap::const_iterator it = |
| extensions_.lower_bound(std::make_pair(extendee, 0)); |
| for (; it != extensions_.end() && it->first.first == extendee; ++it) { |
| out->push_back(it->second); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::Tables::AddSymbol(const std::string& full_name, |
| Symbol symbol) { |
| GOOGLE_DCHECK_EQ(full_name, symbol.full_name()); |
| if (symbols_by_name_.insert(symbol).second) { |
| symbols_after_checkpoint_.push_back(symbol); |
| return true; |
| } else { |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool FileDescriptorTables::AddAliasUnderParent(const void* parent, |
| const std::string& name, |
| Symbol symbol) { |
| GOOGLE_DCHECK_EQ(name, symbol.parent_name_key().second); |
| GOOGLE_DCHECK_EQ(parent, symbol.parent_name_key().first); |
| return symbols_by_parent_.insert(symbol).second; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::Tables::AddFile(const FileDescriptor* file) { |
| if (InsertIfNotPresent(&files_by_name_, file->name(), file)) { |
| files_after_checkpoint_.push_back(file); |
| return true; |
| } else { |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptorTables::FinalizeTables() {} |
| |
| bool FileDescriptorTables::AddFieldByNumber(FieldDescriptor* field) { |
| // Skip fields that are at the start of the sequence. |
| if (field->containing_type() != nullptr && field->number() >= 1 && |
| field->number() <= field->containing_type()->sequential_field_limit_) { |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| // Conflicts with the field that already exists in the sequential range. |
| return false; |
| } |
| // Only return true if the field at that index matches. Otherwise it |
| // conflicts with the existing field in the sequential range. |
| return field->containing_type()->field(field->number() - 1) == field; |
| } |
| |
| return fields_by_number_.insert(Symbol(field)).second; |
| } |
| |
| bool FileDescriptorTables::AddEnumValueByNumber(EnumValueDescriptor* value) { |
| // Skip values that are at the start of the sequence. |
| const int base = value->type()->value(0)->number(); |
| if (base <= value->number() && |
| value->number() <= |
| static_cast<int64_t>(base) + value->type()->sequential_value_limit_) |
| return true; |
| return enum_values_by_number_.insert(Symbol::EnumValue(value, 0)).second; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::Tables::AddExtension(const FieldDescriptor* field) { |
| DescriptorIntPair key(field->containing_type(), field->number()); |
| if (InsertIfNotPresent(&extensions_, key, field)) { |
| extensions_after_checkpoint_.push_back(key); |
| return true; |
| } else { |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| template <typename Type> |
| Type* DescriptorPool::Tables::Allocate() { |
| static_assert(std::is_trivially_destructible<Type>::value, ""); |
| static_assert(alignof(Type) <= 8, ""); |
| return ::new (AllocateBytes(sizeof(Type))) Type{}; |
| } |
| |
| void* DescriptorPool::Tables::AllocateBytes(int size) { |
| if (size == 0) return nullptr; |
| void* p = ::operator new(size + RoundUpTo<8>(sizeof(int))); |
| int* sizep = static_cast<int*>(p); |
| misc_allocs_.emplace_back(sizep); |
| *sizep = size; |
| return static_cast<char*>(p) + RoundUpTo<8>(sizeof(int)); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename... T> |
| internal::FlatAllocator::Allocation* DescriptorPool::Tables::CreateFlatAlloc( |
| const TypeMap<IntT, T...>& sizes) { |
| auto ends = CalculateEnds(sizes); |
| using FlatAlloc = internal::FlatAllocator::Allocation; |
| |
| int last_end = ends.template Get< |
| typename std::tuple_element<sizeof...(T) - 1, std::tuple<T...>>::type>(); |
| size_t total_size = |
| last_end + RoundUpTo<FlatAlloc::kMaxAlign>(sizeof(FlatAlloc)); |
| char* data = static_cast<char*>(::operator new(total_size)); |
| auto* res = ::new (data) FlatAlloc(ends); |
| flat_allocs_.emplace_back(res); |
| |
| return res; |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptorTables::BuildLocationsByPath( |
| std::pair<const FileDescriptorTables*, const SourceCodeInfo*>* p) { |
| for (int i = 0, len = p->second->location_size(); i < len; ++i) { |
| const SourceCodeInfo_Location* loc = &p->second->location().Get(i); |
| p->first->locations_by_path_[Join(loc->path(), ",")] = loc; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const SourceCodeInfo_Location* FileDescriptorTables::GetSourceLocation( |
| const std::vector<int>& path, const SourceCodeInfo* info) const { |
| std::pair<const FileDescriptorTables*, const SourceCodeInfo*> p( |
| std::make_pair(this, info)); |
| internal::call_once(locations_by_path_once_, |
| FileDescriptorTables::BuildLocationsByPath, &p); |
| return FindPtrOrNull(locations_by_path_, Join(path, ",")); |
| } |
| |
| // =================================================================== |
| // DescriptorPool |
| |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::~ErrorCollector() {} |
| |
| DescriptorPool::DescriptorPool() |
| : mutex_(nullptr), |
| fallback_database_(nullptr), |
| default_error_collector_(nullptr), |
| underlay_(nullptr), |
| tables_(new Tables), |
| enforce_dependencies_(true), |
| lazily_build_dependencies_(false), |
| allow_unknown_(false), |
| enforce_weak_(false), |
| disallow_enforce_utf8_(false) {} |
| |
| DescriptorPool::DescriptorPool(DescriptorDatabase* fallback_database, |
| ErrorCollector* error_collector) |
| : mutex_(new internal::WrappedMutex), |
| fallback_database_(fallback_database), |
| default_error_collector_(error_collector), |
| underlay_(nullptr), |
| tables_(new Tables), |
| enforce_dependencies_(true), |
| lazily_build_dependencies_(false), |
| allow_unknown_(false), |
| enforce_weak_(false), |
| disallow_enforce_utf8_(false) {} |
| |
| DescriptorPool::DescriptorPool(const DescriptorPool* underlay) |
| : mutex_(nullptr), |
| fallback_database_(nullptr), |
| default_error_collector_(nullptr), |
| underlay_(underlay), |
| tables_(new Tables), |
| enforce_dependencies_(true), |
| lazily_build_dependencies_(false), |
| allow_unknown_(false), |
| enforce_weak_(false), |
| disallow_enforce_utf8_(false) {} |
| |
| DescriptorPool::~DescriptorPool() { |
| if (mutex_ != nullptr) delete mutex_; |
| } |
| |
| // DescriptorPool::BuildFile() defined later. |
| // DescriptorPool::BuildFileCollectingErrors() defined later. |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::InternalDontEnforceDependencies() { |
| enforce_dependencies_ = false; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::AddUnusedImportTrackFile(ConstStringParam file_name, |
| bool is_error) { |
| unused_import_track_files_[std::string(file_name)] = is_error; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::ClearUnusedImportTrackFiles() { |
| unused_import_track_files_.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::InternalIsFileLoaded(ConstStringParam filename) const { |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(mutex_); |
| return tables_->FindFile(filename) != nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| // generated_pool ==================================================== |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| |
| EncodedDescriptorDatabase* GeneratedDatabase() { |
| static auto generated_database = |
| internal::OnShutdownDelete(new EncodedDescriptorDatabase()); |
| return generated_database; |
| } |
| |
| DescriptorPool* NewGeneratedPool() { |
| auto generated_pool = new DescriptorPool(GeneratedDatabase()); |
| generated_pool->InternalSetLazilyBuildDependencies(); |
| return generated_pool; |
| } |
| |
| } // anonymous namespace |
| |
| DescriptorDatabase* DescriptorPool::internal_generated_database() { |
| return GeneratedDatabase(); |
| } |
| |
| DescriptorPool* DescriptorPool::internal_generated_pool() { |
| static DescriptorPool* generated_pool = |
| internal::OnShutdownDelete(NewGeneratedPool()); |
| return generated_pool; |
| } |
| |
| const DescriptorPool* DescriptorPool::generated_pool() { |
| const DescriptorPool* pool = internal_generated_pool(); |
| // Ensure that descriptor.proto has been registered in the generated pool. |
| DescriptorProto::descriptor(); |
| return pool; |
| } |
| |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::InternalAddGeneratedFile( |
| const void* encoded_file_descriptor, int size) { |
| // So, this function is called in the process of initializing the |
| // descriptors for generated proto classes. Each generated .pb.cc file |
| // has an internal procedure called AddDescriptors() which is called at |
| // process startup, and that function calls this one in order to register |
| // the raw bytes of the FileDescriptorProto representing the file. |
| // |
| // We do not actually construct the descriptor objects right away. We just |
| // hang on to the bytes until they are actually needed. We actually construct |
| // the descriptor the first time one of the following things happens: |
| // * Someone calls a method like descriptor(), GetDescriptor(), or |
| // GetReflection() on the generated types, which requires returning the |
| // descriptor or an object based on it. |
| // * Someone looks up the descriptor in DescriptorPool::generated_pool(). |
| // |
| // Once one of these happens, the DescriptorPool actually parses the |
| // FileDescriptorProto and generates a FileDescriptor (and all its children) |
| // based on it. |
| // |
| // Note that FileDescriptorProto is itself a generated protocol message. |
| // Therefore, when we parse one, we have to be very careful to avoid using |
| // any descriptor-based operations, since this might cause infinite recursion |
| // or deadlock. |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(GeneratedDatabase()->Add(encoded_file_descriptor, size)); |
| } |
| |
| |
| // Find*By* methods ================================================== |
| |
| // TODO(kenton): There's a lot of repeated code here, but I'm not sure if |
| // there's any good way to factor it out. Think about this some time when |
| // there's nothing more important to do (read: never). |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindFileByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(mutex_); |
| if (fallback_database_ != nullptr) { |
| tables_->known_bad_symbols_.clear(); |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.clear(); |
| } |
| const FileDescriptor* result = tables_->FindFile(name); |
| if (result != nullptr) return result; |
| if (underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| result = underlay_->FindFileByName(name); |
| if (result != nullptr) return result; |
| } |
| if (TryFindFileInFallbackDatabase(name)) { |
| result = tables_->FindFile(name); |
| if (result != nullptr) return result; |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindFileContainingSymbol( |
| ConstStringParam symbol_name) const { |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(mutex_); |
| if (fallback_database_ != nullptr) { |
| tables_->known_bad_symbols_.clear(); |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.clear(); |
| } |
| Symbol result = tables_->FindSymbol(symbol_name); |
| if (!result.IsNull()) return result.GetFile(); |
| if (underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| const FileDescriptor* file_result = |
| underlay_->FindFileContainingSymbol(symbol_name); |
| if (file_result != nullptr) return file_result; |
| } |
| if (TryFindSymbolInFallbackDatabase(symbol_name)) { |
| result = tables_->FindSymbol(symbol_name); |
| if (!result.IsNull()) return result.GetFile(); |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* DescriptorPool::FindMessageTypeByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| return tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindFieldByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| if (const FieldDescriptor* field = |
| tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).field_descriptor()) { |
| if (!field->is_extension()) { |
| return field; |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindExtensionByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| if (const FieldDescriptor* field = |
| tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).field_descriptor()) { |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| return field; |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const OneofDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindOneofByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| return tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).oneof_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindEnumTypeByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| return tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).enum_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindEnumValueByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| return tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const ServiceDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindServiceByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| return tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).service_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const MethodDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindMethodByName( |
| ConstStringParam name) const { |
| return tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, name).method_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindExtensionByNumber( |
| const Descriptor* extendee, int number) const { |
| if (extendee->extension_range_count() == 0) return nullptr; |
| // A faster path to reduce lock contention in finding extensions, assuming |
| // most extensions will be cache hit. |
| if (mutex_ != nullptr) { |
| ReaderMutexLock lock(mutex_); |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = tables_->FindExtension(extendee, number); |
| if (result != nullptr) { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(mutex_); |
| if (fallback_database_ != nullptr) { |
| tables_->known_bad_symbols_.clear(); |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.clear(); |
| } |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = tables_->FindExtension(extendee, number); |
| if (result != nullptr) { |
| return result; |
| } |
| if (underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| result = underlay_->FindExtensionByNumber(extendee, number); |
| if (result != nullptr) return result; |
| } |
| if (TryFindExtensionInFallbackDatabase(extendee, number)) { |
| result = tables_->FindExtension(extendee, number); |
| if (result != nullptr) { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* DescriptorPool::InternalFindExtensionByNumberNoLock( |
| const Descriptor* extendee, int number) const { |
| if (extendee->extension_range_count() == 0) return nullptr; |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = tables_->FindExtension(extendee, number); |
| if (result != nullptr) { |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| if (underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| result = underlay_->InternalFindExtensionByNumberNoLock(extendee, number); |
| if (result != nullptr) return result; |
| } |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* DescriptorPool::FindExtensionByPrintableName( |
| const Descriptor* extendee, ConstStringParam printable_name) const { |
| if (extendee->extension_range_count() == 0) return nullptr; |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = FindExtensionByName(printable_name); |
| if (result != nullptr && result->containing_type() == extendee) { |
| return result; |
| } |
| if (extendee->options().message_set_wire_format()) { |
| // MessageSet extensions may be identified by type name. |
| const Descriptor* type = FindMessageTypeByName(printable_name); |
| if (type != nullptr) { |
| // Look for a matching extension in the foreign type's scope. |
| const int type_extension_count = type->extension_count(); |
| for (int i = 0; i < type_extension_count; i++) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* extension = type->extension(i); |
| if (extension->containing_type() == extendee && |
| extension->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE && |
| extension->is_optional() && extension->message_type() == type) { |
| // Found it. |
| return extension; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorPool::FindAllExtensions( |
| const Descriptor* extendee, |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>* out) const { |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(mutex_); |
| if (fallback_database_ != nullptr) { |
| tables_->known_bad_symbols_.clear(); |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| // Initialize tables_->extensions_ from the fallback database first |
| // (but do this only once per descriptor). |
| if (fallback_database_ != nullptr && |
| tables_->extensions_loaded_from_db_.count(extendee) == 0) { |
| std::vector<int> numbers; |
| if (fallback_database_->FindAllExtensionNumbers(extendee->full_name(), |
| &numbers)) { |
| for (int number : numbers) { |
| if (tables_->FindExtension(extendee, number) == nullptr) { |
| TryFindExtensionInFallbackDatabase(extendee, number); |
| } |
| } |
| tables_->extensions_loaded_from_db_.insert(extendee); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| tables_->FindAllExtensions(extendee, out); |
| if (underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| underlay_->FindAllExtensions(extendee, out); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::FindFieldByNumber(int key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = file()->tables_->FindFieldByNumber(this, key); |
| if (result == nullptr || result->is_extension()) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::FindFieldByLowercaseName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = |
| file()->tables_->FindFieldByLowercaseName(this, key); |
| if (result == nullptr || result->is_extension()) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::FindFieldByCamelcaseName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = |
| file()->tables_->FindFieldByCamelcaseName(this, key); |
| if (result == nullptr || result->is_extension()) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::FindFieldByName(ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = |
| file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).field_descriptor(); |
| return field != nullptr && !field->is_extension() ? field : nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const OneofDescriptor* Descriptor::FindOneofByName(ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).oneof_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::FindExtensionByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = |
| file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).field_descriptor(); |
| return field != nullptr && field->is_extension() ? field : nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::FindExtensionByLowercaseName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = |
| file()->tables_->FindFieldByLowercaseName(this, key); |
| if (result == nullptr || !result->is_extension()) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::FindExtensionByCamelcaseName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = |
| file()->tables_->FindFieldByCamelcaseName(this, key); |
| if (result == nullptr || !result->is_extension()) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* Descriptor::FindNestedTypeByName(ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumDescriptor* Descriptor::FindEnumTypeByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).enum_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* Descriptor::FindEnumValueByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::map_key() const { |
| if (!options().map_entry()) return nullptr; |
| GOOGLE_DCHECK_EQ(field_count(), 2); |
| return field(0); |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* Descriptor::map_value() const { |
| if (!options().map_entry()) return nullptr; |
| GOOGLE_DCHECK_EQ(field_count(), 2); |
| return field(1); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* EnumDescriptor::FindValueByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* EnumDescriptor::FindValueByNumber(int key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindEnumValueByNumber(this, key); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* EnumDescriptor::FindValueByNumberCreatingIfUnknown( |
| int key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindEnumValueByNumberCreatingIfUnknown(this, key); |
| } |
| |
| const MethodDescriptor* ServiceDescriptor::FindMethodByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return file()->tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).method_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* FileDescriptor::FindMessageTypeByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumDescriptor* FileDescriptor::FindEnumTypeByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).enum_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* FileDescriptor::FindEnumValueByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const ServiceDescriptor* FileDescriptor::FindServiceByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| return tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).service_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* FileDescriptor::FindExtensionByName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = |
| tables_->FindNestedSymbol(this, key).field_descriptor(); |
| return field != nullptr && field->is_extension() ? field : nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* FileDescriptor::FindExtensionByLowercaseName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = tables_->FindFieldByLowercaseName(this, key); |
| if (result == nullptr || !result->is_extension()) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* FileDescriptor::FindExtensionByCamelcaseName( |
| ConstStringParam key) const { |
| const FieldDescriptor* result = tables_->FindFieldByCamelcaseName(this, key); |
| if (result == nullptr || !result->is_extension()) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Descriptor::ExtensionRange::CopyTo( |
| DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange* proto) const { |
| proto->set_start(this->start); |
| proto->set_end(this->end); |
| if (options_ != &ExtensionRangeOptions::default_instance()) { |
| *proto->mutable_options() = *options_; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor::ExtensionRange* |
| Descriptor::FindExtensionRangeContainingNumber(int number) const { |
| // Linear search should be fine because we don't expect a message to have |
| // more than a couple extension ranges. |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_range_count(); i++) { |
| if (number >= extension_range(i)->start && |
| number < extension_range(i)->end) { |
| return extension_range(i); |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor::ReservedRange* Descriptor::FindReservedRangeContainingNumber( |
| int number) const { |
| // TODO(chrisn): Consider a non-linear search. |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_range_count(); i++) { |
| if (number >= reserved_range(i)->start && number < reserved_range(i)->end) { |
| return reserved_range(i); |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const EnumDescriptor::ReservedRange* |
| EnumDescriptor::FindReservedRangeContainingNumber(int number) const { |
| // TODO(chrisn): Consider a non-linear search. |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_range_count(); i++) { |
| if (number >= reserved_range(i)->start && |
| number <= reserved_range(i)->end) { |
| return reserved_range(i); |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::TryFindFileInFallbackDatabase( |
| StringPiece name) const { |
| if (fallback_database_ == nullptr) return false; |
| |
| auto name_string = std::string(name); |
| if (tables_->known_bad_files_.count(name_string) > 0) return false; |
| |
| FileDescriptorProto file_proto; |
| if (!fallback_database_->FindFileByName(name_string, &file_proto) || |
| BuildFileFromDatabase(file_proto) == nullptr) { |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.insert(std::move(name_string)); |
| return false; |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::IsSubSymbolOfBuiltType(StringPiece name) const { |
| auto prefix = std::string(name); |
| for (;;) { |
| std::string::size_type dot_pos = prefix.find_last_of('.'); |
| if (dot_pos == std::string::npos) { |
| break; |
| } |
| prefix = prefix.substr(0, dot_pos); |
| Symbol symbol = tables_->FindSymbol(prefix); |
| // If the symbol type is anything other than PACKAGE, then its complete |
| // definition is already known. |
| if (!symbol.IsNull() && !symbol.IsPackage()) { |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| if (underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| // Check to see if any prefix of this symbol exists in the underlay. |
| return underlay_->IsSubSymbolOfBuiltType(name); |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::TryFindSymbolInFallbackDatabase( |
| StringPiece name) const { |
| if (fallback_database_ == nullptr) return false; |
| |
| auto name_string = std::string(name); |
| if (tables_->known_bad_symbols_.count(name_string) > 0) return false; |
| |
| FileDescriptorProto file_proto; |
| if ( // We skip looking in the fallback database if the name is a sub-symbol |
| // of any descriptor that already exists in the descriptor pool (except |
| // for package descriptors). This is valid because all symbols except |
| // for packages are defined in a single file, so if the symbol exists |
| // then we should already have its definition. |
| // |
| // The other reason to do this is to support "overriding" type |
| // definitions by merging two databases that define the same type. (Yes, |
| // people do this.) The main difficulty with making this work is that |
| // FindFileContainingSymbol() is allowed to return both false positives |
| // (e.g., SimpleDescriptorDatabase, UpgradedDescriptorDatabase) and |
| // false negatives (e.g. ProtoFileParser, SourceTreeDescriptorDatabase). |
| // When two such databases are merged, looking up a non-existent |
| // sub-symbol of a type that already exists in the descriptor pool can |
| // result in an attempt to load multiple definitions of the same type. |
| // The check below avoids this. |
| IsSubSymbolOfBuiltType(name) |
| |
| // Look up file containing this symbol in fallback database. |
| || !fallback_database_->FindFileContainingSymbol(name_string, &file_proto) |
| |
| // Check if we've already built this file. If so, it apparently doesn't |
| // contain the symbol we're looking for. Some DescriptorDatabases |
| // return false positives. |
| || tables_->FindFile(file_proto.name()) != nullptr |
| |
| // Build the file. |
| || BuildFileFromDatabase(file_proto) == nullptr) { |
| tables_->known_bad_symbols_.insert(std::move(name_string)); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorPool::TryFindExtensionInFallbackDatabase( |
| const Descriptor* containing_type, int field_number) const { |
| if (fallback_database_ == nullptr) return false; |
| |
| FileDescriptorProto file_proto; |
| if (!fallback_database_->FindFileContainingExtension( |
| containing_type->full_name(), field_number, &file_proto)) { |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (tables_->FindFile(file_proto.name()) != nullptr) { |
| // We've already loaded this file, and it apparently doesn't contain the |
| // extension we're looking for. Some DescriptorDatabases return false |
| // positives. |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (BuildFileFromDatabase(file_proto) == nullptr) { |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // =================================================================== |
| |
| bool FieldDescriptor::is_map_message_type() const { |
| return type_descriptor_.message_type->options().map_entry(); |
| } |
| |
| std::string FieldDescriptor::DefaultValueAsString( |
| bool quote_string_type) const { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(has_default_value()) << "No default value"; |
| switch (cpp_type()) { |
| case CPPTYPE_INT32: |
| return StrCat(default_value_int32_t()); |
| case CPPTYPE_INT64: |
| return StrCat(default_value_int64_t()); |
| case CPPTYPE_UINT32: |
| return StrCat(default_value_uint32_t()); |
| case CPPTYPE_UINT64: |
| return StrCat(default_value_uint64_t()); |
| case CPPTYPE_FLOAT: |
| return SimpleFtoa(default_value_float()); |
| case CPPTYPE_DOUBLE: |
| return SimpleDtoa(default_value_double()); |
| case CPPTYPE_BOOL: |
| return default_value_bool() ? "true" : "false"; |
| case CPPTYPE_STRING: |
| if (quote_string_type) { |
| return "\"" + CEscape(default_value_string()) + "\""; |
| } else { |
| if (type() == TYPE_BYTES) { |
| return CEscape(default_value_string()); |
| } else { |
| return default_value_string(); |
| } |
| } |
| case CPPTYPE_ENUM: |
| return default_value_enum()->name(); |
| case CPPTYPE_MESSAGE: |
| GOOGLE_LOG(DFATAL) << "Messages can't have default values!"; |
| break; |
| } |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "Can't get here: failed to get default value as string"; |
| return ""; |
| } |
| |
| // CopyTo methods ==================================================== |
| |
| void FileDescriptor::CopyTo(FileDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| if (!package().empty()) proto->set_package(package()); |
| // TODO(liujisi): Also populate when syntax="proto2". |
| if (syntax() == SYNTAX_PROTO3) proto->set_syntax(SyntaxName(syntax())); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < dependency_count(); i++) { |
| proto->add_dependency(dependency(i)->name()); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < public_dependency_count(); i++) { |
| proto->add_public_dependency(public_dependencies_[i]); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < weak_dependency_count(); i++) { |
| proto->add_weak_dependency(weak_dependencies_[i]); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message_type_count(); i++) { |
| message_type(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_message_type()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < enum_type_count(); i++) { |
| enum_type(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_enum_type()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < service_count(); i++) { |
| service(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_service()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| extension(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_extension()); |
| } |
| |
| if (&options() != &FileOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptor::CopyJsonNameTo(FileDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| if (message_type_count() != proto->message_type_size() || |
| extension_count() != proto->extension_size()) { |
| GOOGLE_LOG(ERROR) << "Cannot copy json_name to a proto of a different size."; |
| return; |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < message_type_count(); i++) { |
| message_type(i)->CopyJsonNameTo(proto->mutable_message_type(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| extension(i)->CopyJsonNameTo(proto->mutable_extension(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptor::CopySourceCodeInfoTo(FileDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| if (source_code_info_ && |
| source_code_info_ != &SourceCodeInfo::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_source_code_info()->CopyFrom(*source_code_info_); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Descriptor::CopyTo(DescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < field_count(); i++) { |
| field(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_field()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < oneof_decl_count(); i++) { |
| oneof_decl(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_oneof_decl()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < nested_type_count(); i++) { |
| nested_type(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_nested_type()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < enum_type_count(); i++) { |
| enum_type(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_enum_type()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_range_count(); i++) { |
| extension_range(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_extension_range()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| extension(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_extension()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_range_count(); i++) { |
| DescriptorProto::ReservedRange* range = proto->add_reserved_range(); |
| range->set_start(reserved_range(i)->start); |
| range->set_end(reserved_range(i)->end); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_name_count(); i++) { |
| proto->add_reserved_name(reserved_name(i)); |
| } |
| |
| if (&options() != &MessageOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Descriptor::CopyJsonNameTo(DescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| if (field_count() != proto->field_size() || |
| nested_type_count() != proto->nested_type_size() || |
| extension_count() != proto->extension_size()) { |
| GOOGLE_LOG(ERROR) << "Cannot copy json_name to a proto of a different size."; |
| return; |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < field_count(); i++) { |
| field(i)->CopyJsonNameTo(proto->mutable_field(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < nested_type_count(); i++) { |
| nested_type(i)->CopyJsonNameTo(proto->mutable_nested_type(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| extension(i)->CopyJsonNameTo(proto->mutable_extension(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FieldDescriptor::CopyTo(FieldDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| proto->set_number(number()); |
| if (has_json_name_) { |
| proto->set_json_name(json_name()); |
| } |
| if (proto3_optional_) { |
| proto->set_proto3_optional(true); |
| } |
| // Some compilers do not allow static_cast directly between two enum types, |
| // so we must cast to int first. |
| proto->set_label(static_cast<FieldDescriptorProto::Label>( |
| implicit_cast<int>(label()))); |
| proto->set_type(static_cast<FieldDescriptorProto::Type>( |
| implicit_cast<int>(type()))); |
| |
| if (is_extension()) { |
| if (!containing_type()->is_unqualified_placeholder_) { |
| proto->set_extendee("."); |
| } |
| proto->mutable_extendee()->append(containing_type()->full_name()); |
| } |
| |
| if (cpp_type() == CPPTYPE_MESSAGE) { |
| if (message_type()->is_placeholder_) { |
| // We don't actually know if the type is a message type. It could be |
| // an enum. |
| proto->clear_type(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!message_type()->is_unqualified_placeholder_) { |
| proto->set_type_name("."); |
| } |
| proto->mutable_type_name()->append(message_type()->full_name()); |
| } else if (cpp_type() == CPPTYPE_ENUM) { |
| if (!enum_type()->is_unqualified_placeholder_) { |
| proto->set_type_name("."); |
| } |
| proto->mutable_type_name()->append(enum_type()->full_name()); |
| } |
| |
| if (has_default_value()) { |
| proto->set_default_value(DefaultValueAsString(false)); |
| } |
| |
| if (containing_oneof() != nullptr && !is_extension()) { |
| proto->set_oneof_index(containing_oneof()->index()); |
| } |
| |
| if (&options() != &FieldOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FieldDescriptor::CopyJsonNameTo(FieldDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_json_name(json_name()); |
| } |
| |
| void OneofDescriptor::CopyTo(OneofDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| if (&options() != &OneofOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void EnumDescriptor::CopyTo(EnumDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < value_count(); i++) { |
| value(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_value()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_range_count(); i++) { |
| EnumDescriptorProto::EnumReservedRange* range = proto->add_reserved_range(); |
| range->set_start(reserved_range(i)->start); |
| range->set_end(reserved_range(i)->end); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_name_count(); i++) { |
| proto->add_reserved_name(reserved_name(i)); |
| } |
| |
| if (&options() != &EnumOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void EnumValueDescriptor::CopyTo(EnumValueDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| proto->set_number(number()); |
| |
| if (&options() != &EnumValueOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void ServiceDescriptor::CopyTo(ServiceDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < method_count(); i++) { |
| method(i)->CopyTo(proto->add_method()); |
| } |
| |
| if (&options() != &ServiceOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void MethodDescriptor::CopyTo(MethodDescriptorProto* proto) const { |
| proto->set_name(name()); |
| |
| if (!input_type()->is_unqualified_placeholder_) { |
| proto->set_input_type("."); |
| } |
| proto->mutable_input_type()->append(input_type()->full_name()); |
| |
| if (!output_type()->is_unqualified_placeholder_) { |
| proto->set_output_type("."); |
| } |
| proto->mutable_output_type()->append(output_type()->full_name()); |
| |
| if (&options() != &MethodOptions::default_instance()) { |
| proto->mutable_options()->CopyFrom(options()); |
| } |
| |
| if (client_streaming_) { |
| proto->set_client_streaming(true); |
| } |
| if (server_streaming_) { |
| proto->set_server_streaming(true); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // DebugString methods =============================================== |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| bool RetrieveOptionsAssumingRightPool( |
| int depth, const Message& options, |
| std::vector<std::string>* option_entries) { |
| option_entries->clear(); |
| const Reflection* reflection = options.GetReflection(); |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*> fields; |
| reflection->ListFields(options, &fields); |
| for (const FieldDescriptor* field : fields) { |
| int count = 1; |
| bool repeated = false; |
| if (field->is_repeated()) { |
| count = reflection->FieldSize(options, field); |
| repeated = true; |
| } |
| for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) { |
| std::string fieldval; |
| if (field->cpp_type() == FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_MESSAGE) { |
| std::string tmp; |
| TextFormat::Printer printer; |
| printer.SetExpandAny(true); |
| printer.SetInitialIndentLevel(depth + 1); |
| printer.PrintFieldValueToString(options, field, repeated ? j : -1, |
| &tmp); |
| fieldval.append("{\n"); |
| fieldval.append(tmp); |
| fieldval.append(depth * 2, ' '); |
| fieldval.append("}"); |
| } else { |
| TextFormat::PrintFieldValueToString(options, field, repeated ? j : -1, |
| &fieldval); |
| } |
| std::string name; |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| name = "(." + field->full_name() + ")"; |
| } else { |
| name = field->name(); |
| } |
| option_entries->push_back(name + " = " + fieldval); |
| } |
| } |
| return !option_entries->empty(); |
| } |
| |
| // Used by each of the option formatters. |
| bool RetrieveOptions(int depth, const Message& options, |
| const DescriptorPool* pool, |
| std::vector<std::string>* option_entries) { |
| // When printing custom options for a descriptor, we must use an options |
| // message built on top of the same DescriptorPool where the descriptor |
| // is coming from. This is to ensure we are interpreting custom options |
| // against the right pool. |
| if (options.GetDescriptor()->file()->pool() == pool) { |
| return RetrieveOptionsAssumingRightPool(depth, options, option_entries); |
| } else { |
| const Descriptor* option_descriptor = |
| pool->FindMessageTypeByName(options.GetDescriptor()->full_name()); |
| if (option_descriptor == nullptr) { |
| // descriptor.proto is not in the pool. This means no custom options are |
| // used so we are safe to proceed with the compiled options message type. |
| return RetrieveOptionsAssumingRightPool(depth, options, option_entries); |
| } |
| DynamicMessageFactory factory; |
| std::unique_ptr<Message> dynamic_options( |
| factory.GetPrototype(option_descriptor)->New()); |
| std::string serialized = options.SerializeAsString(); |
| io::CodedInputStream input( |
| reinterpret_cast<const uint8_t*>(serialized.c_str()), |
| serialized.size()); |
| input.SetExtensionRegistry(pool, &factory); |
| if (dynamic_options->ParseFromCodedStream(&input)) { |
| return RetrieveOptionsAssumingRightPool(depth, *dynamic_options, |
| option_entries); |
| } else { |
| GOOGLE_LOG(ERROR) << "Found invalid proto option data for: " |
| << options.GetDescriptor()->full_name(); |
| return RetrieveOptionsAssumingRightPool(depth, options, option_entries); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Formats options that all appear together in brackets. Does not include |
| // brackets. |
| bool FormatBracketedOptions(int depth, const Message& options, |
| const DescriptorPool* pool, std::string* output) { |
| std::vector<std::string> all_options; |
| if (RetrieveOptions(depth, options, pool, &all_options)) { |
| output->append(Join(all_options, ", ")); |
| } |
| return !all_options.empty(); |
| } |
| |
| // Formats options one per line |
| bool FormatLineOptions(int depth, const Message& options, |
| const DescriptorPool* pool, std::string* output) { |
| std::string prefix(depth * 2, ' '); |
| std::vector<std::string> all_options; |
| if (RetrieveOptions(depth, options, pool, &all_options)) { |
| for (const std::string& option : all_options) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(output, "$0option $1;\n", prefix, option); |
| } |
| } |
| return !all_options.empty(); |
| } |
| |
| class SourceLocationCommentPrinter { |
| public: |
| template <typename DescType> |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter(const DescType* desc, const std::string& prefix, |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) |
| : options_(options), prefix_(prefix) { |
| // Perform the SourceLocation lookup only if we're including user comments, |
| // because the lookup is fairly expensive. |
| have_source_loc_ = |
| options.include_comments && desc->GetSourceLocation(&source_loc_); |
| } |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter(const FileDescriptor* file, |
| const std::vector<int>& path, |
| const std::string& prefix, |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) |
| : options_(options), prefix_(prefix) { |
| // Perform the SourceLocation lookup only if we're including user comments, |
| // because the lookup is fairly expensive. |
| have_source_loc_ = |
| options.include_comments && file->GetSourceLocation(path, &source_loc_); |
| } |
| void AddPreComment(std::string* output) { |
| if (have_source_loc_) { |
| // Detached leading comments. |
| for (const std::string& leading_detached_comment : |
| source_loc_.leading_detached_comments) { |
| *output += FormatComment(leading_detached_comment); |
| *output += "\n"; |
| } |
| // Attached leading comments. |
| if (!source_loc_.leading_comments.empty()) { |
| *output += FormatComment(source_loc_.leading_comments); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| void AddPostComment(std::string* output) { |
| if (have_source_loc_ && source_loc_.trailing_comments.size() > 0) { |
| *output += FormatComment(source_loc_.trailing_comments); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Format comment such that each line becomes a full-line C++-style comment in |
| // the DebugString() output. |
| std::string FormatComment(const std::string& comment_text) { |
| std::string stripped_comment = comment_text; |
| StripWhitespace(&stripped_comment); |
| std::vector<std::string> lines = Split(stripped_comment, "\n"); |
| std::string output; |
| for (const std::string& line : lines) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&output, "$0// $1\n", prefix_, line); |
| } |
| return output; |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| |
| bool have_source_loc_; |
| SourceLocation source_loc_; |
| DebugStringOptions options_; |
| std::string prefix_; |
| }; |
| |
| } // anonymous namespace |
| |
| std::string FileDescriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default options |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string FileDescriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| path.push_back(FileDescriptorProto::kSyntaxFieldNumber); |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter syntax_comment(this, path, "", |
| debug_string_options); |
| syntax_comment.AddPreComment(&contents); |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&contents, "syntax = \"$0\";\n\n", |
| SyntaxName(syntax())); |
| syntax_comment.AddPostComment(&contents); |
| } |
| |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, "", debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(&contents); |
| |
| std::set<int> public_dependencies; |
| std::set<int> weak_dependencies; |
| public_dependencies.insert(public_dependencies_, |
| public_dependencies_ + public_dependency_count_); |
| weak_dependencies.insert(weak_dependencies_, |
| weak_dependencies_ + weak_dependency_count_); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < dependency_count(); i++) { |
| if (public_dependencies.count(i) > 0) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&contents, "import public \"$0\";\n", |
| dependency(i)->name()); |
| } else if (weak_dependencies.count(i) > 0) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&contents, "import weak \"$0\";\n", |
| dependency(i)->name()); |
| } else { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&contents, "import \"$0\";\n", |
| dependency(i)->name()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!package().empty()) { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| path.push_back(FileDescriptorProto::kPackageFieldNumber); |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter package_comment(this, path, "", |
| debug_string_options); |
| package_comment.AddPreComment(&contents); |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&contents, "package $0;\n\n", package()); |
| package_comment.AddPostComment(&contents); |
| } |
| |
| if (FormatLineOptions(0, options(), pool(), &contents)) { |
| contents.append("\n"); // add some space if we had options |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < enum_type_count(); i++) { |
| enum_type(i)->DebugString(0, &contents, debug_string_options); |
| contents.append("\n"); |
| } |
| |
| // Find all the 'group' type extensions; we will not output their nested |
| // definitions (those will be done with their group field descriptor). |
| std::set<const Descriptor*> groups; |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| if (extension(i)->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP) { |
| groups.insert(extension(i)->message_type()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message_type_count(); i++) { |
| if (groups.count(message_type(i)) == 0) { |
| message_type(i)->DebugString(0, &contents, debug_string_options, |
| /* include_opening_clause */ true); |
| contents.append("\n"); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < service_count(); i++) { |
| service(i)->DebugString(&contents, debug_string_options); |
| contents.append("\n"); |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* containing_type = nullptr; |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| if (extension(i)->containing_type() != containing_type) { |
| if (i > 0) contents.append("}\n\n"); |
| containing_type = extension(i)->containing_type(); |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&contents, "extend .$0 {\n", |
| containing_type->full_name()); |
| } |
| extension(i)->DebugString(1, &contents, debug_string_options); |
| } |
| if (extension_count() > 0) contents.append("}\n\n"); |
| |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(&contents); |
| |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| std::string Descriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default options |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string Descriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| DebugString(0, &contents, options, /* include_opening_clause */ true); |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| void Descriptor::DebugString(int depth, std::string* contents, |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options, |
| bool include_opening_clause) const { |
| if (options().map_entry()) { |
| // Do not generate debug string for auto-generated map-entry type. |
| return; |
| } |
| std::string prefix(depth * 2, ' '); |
| ++depth; |
| |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, prefix, |
| debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(contents); |
| |
| if (include_opening_clause) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0message $1", prefix, name()); |
| } |
| contents->append(" {\n"); |
| |
| FormatLineOptions(depth, options(), file()->pool(), contents); |
| |
| // Find all the 'group' types for fields and extensions; we will not output |
| // their nested definitions (those will be done with their group field |
| // descriptor). |
| std::set<const Descriptor*> groups; |
| for (int i = 0; i < field_count(); i++) { |
| if (field(i)->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP) { |
| groups.insert(field(i)->message_type()); |
| } |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| if (extension(i)->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP) { |
| groups.insert(extension(i)->message_type()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < nested_type_count(); i++) { |
| if (groups.count(nested_type(i)) == 0) { |
| nested_type(i)->DebugString(depth, contents, debug_string_options, |
| /* include_opening_clause */ true); |
| } |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < enum_type_count(); i++) { |
| enum_type(i)->DebugString(depth, contents, debug_string_options); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < field_count(); i++) { |
| if (field(i)->real_containing_oneof() == nullptr) { |
| field(i)->DebugString(depth, contents, debug_string_options); |
| } else if (field(i)->containing_oneof()->field(0) == field(i)) { |
| // This is the first field in this oneof, so print the whole oneof. |
| field(i)->containing_oneof()->DebugString(depth, contents, |
| debug_string_options); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_range_count(); i++) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 extensions $1 to $2;\n", prefix, |
| extension_range(i)->start, |
| extension_range(i)->end - 1); |
| } |
| |
| // Group extensions by what they extend, so they can be printed out together. |
| const Descriptor* containing_type = nullptr; |
| for (int i = 0; i < extension_count(); i++) { |
| if (extension(i)->containing_type() != containing_type) { |
| if (i > 0) strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 }\n", prefix); |
| containing_type = extension(i)->containing_type(); |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 extend .$1 {\n", prefix, |
| containing_type->full_name()); |
| } |
| extension(i)->DebugString(depth + 1, contents, debug_string_options); |
| } |
| if (extension_count() > 0) |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 }\n", prefix); |
| |
| if (reserved_range_count() > 0) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 reserved ", prefix); |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_range_count(); i++) { |
| const Descriptor::ReservedRange* range = reserved_range(i); |
| if (range->end == range->start + 1) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0, ", range->start); |
| } else if (range->end > FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 to max, ", range->start); |
| } else { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 to $1, ", range->start, |
| range->end - 1); |
| } |
| } |
| contents->replace(contents->size() - 2, 2, ";\n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (reserved_name_count() > 0) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 reserved ", prefix); |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_name_count(); i++) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "\"$0\", ", |
| CEscape(reserved_name(i))); |
| } |
| contents->replace(contents->size() - 2, 2, ";\n"); |
| } |
| |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0}\n", prefix); |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(contents); |
| } |
| |
| std::string FieldDescriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default options |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string FieldDescriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| int depth = 0; |
| if (is_extension()) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(&contents, "extend .$0 {\n", |
| containing_type()->full_name()); |
| depth = 1; |
| } |
| DebugString(depth, &contents, debug_string_options); |
| if (is_extension()) { |
| contents.append("}\n"); |
| } |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| // The field type string used in FieldDescriptor::DebugString() |
| std::string FieldDescriptor::FieldTypeNameDebugString() const { |
| switch (type()) { |
| case TYPE_MESSAGE: |
| return "." + message_type()->full_name(); |
| case TYPE_ENUM: |
| return "." + enum_type()->full_name(); |
| default: |
| return kTypeToName[type()]; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FieldDescriptor::DebugString( |
| int depth, std::string* contents, |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| std::string prefix(depth * 2, ' '); |
| std::string field_type; |
| |
| // Special case map fields. |
| if (is_map()) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend( |
| &field_type, "map<$0, $1>", |
| message_type()->field(0)->FieldTypeNameDebugString(), |
| message_type()->field(1)->FieldTypeNameDebugString()); |
| } else { |
| field_type = FieldTypeNameDebugString(); |
| } |
| |
| std::string label = StrCat(kLabelToName[this->label()], " "); |
| |
| // Label is omitted for maps, oneof, and plain proto3 fields. |
| if (is_map() || real_containing_oneof() || |
| (is_optional() && !has_optional_keyword())) { |
| label.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, prefix, |
| debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(contents); |
| |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend( |
| contents, "$0$1$2 $3 = $4", prefix, label, field_type, |
| type() == TYPE_GROUP ? message_type()->name() : name(), number()); |
| |
| bool bracketed = false; |
| if (has_default_value()) { |
| bracketed = true; |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, " [default = $0", |
| DefaultValueAsString(true)); |
| } |
| if (has_json_name_) { |
| if (!bracketed) { |
| bracketed = true; |
| contents->append(" ["); |
| } else { |
| contents->append(", "); |
| } |
| contents->append("json_name = \""); |
| contents->append(CEscape(json_name())); |
| contents->append("\""); |
| } |
| |
| std::string formatted_options; |
| if (FormatBracketedOptions(depth, options(), file()->pool(), |
| &formatted_options)) { |
| contents->append(bracketed ? ", " : " ["); |
| bracketed = true; |
| contents->append(formatted_options); |
| } |
| |
| if (bracketed) { |
| contents->append("]"); |
| } |
| |
| if (type() == TYPE_GROUP) { |
| if (debug_string_options.elide_group_body) { |
| contents->append(" { ... };\n"); |
| } else { |
| message_type()->DebugString(depth, contents, debug_string_options, |
| /* include_opening_clause */ false); |
| } |
| } else { |
| contents->append(";\n"); |
| } |
| |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(contents); |
| } |
| |
| std::string OneofDescriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default values |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string OneofDescriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| DebugString(0, &contents, options); |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| void OneofDescriptor::DebugString( |
| int depth, std::string* contents, |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| std::string prefix(depth * 2, ' '); |
| ++depth; |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, prefix, |
| debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(contents); |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0oneof $1 {", prefix, name()); |
| |
| FormatLineOptions(depth, options(), containing_type()->file()->pool(), |
| contents); |
| |
| if (debug_string_options.elide_oneof_body) { |
| contents->append(" ... }\n"); |
| } else { |
| contents->append("\n"); |
| for (int i = 0; i < field_count(); i++) { |
| field(i)->DebugString(depth, contents, debug_string_options); |
| } |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0}\n", prefix); |
| } |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(contents); |
| } |
| |
| std::string EnumDescriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default values |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string EnumDescriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| DebugString(0, &contents, options); |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| void EnumDescriptor::DebugString( |
| int depth, std::string* contents, |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| std::string prefix(depth * 2, ' '); |
| ++depth; |
| |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, prefix, |
| debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(contents); |
| |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0enum $1 {\n", prefix, name()); |
| |
| FormatLineOptions(depth, options(), file()->pool(), contents); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < value_count(); i++) { |
| value(i)->DebugString(depth, contents, debug_string_options); |
| } |
| |
| if (reserved_range_count() > 0) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 reserved ", prefix); |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_range_count(); i++) { |
| const EnumDescriptor::ReservedRange* range = reserved_range(i); |
| if (range->end == range->start) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0, ", range->start); |
| } else if (range->end == INT_MAX) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 to max, ", range->start); |
| } else { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 to $1, ", range->start, |
| range->end); |
| } |
| } |
| contents->replace(contents->size() - 2, 2, ";\n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (reserved_name_count() > 0) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0 reserved ", prefix); |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_name_count(); i++) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "\"$0\", ", |
| CEscape(reserved_name(i))); |
| } |
| contents->replace(contents->size() - 2, 2, ";\n"); |
| } |
| |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0}\n", prefix); |
| |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(contents); |
| } |
| |
| std::string EnumValueDescriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default values |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string EnumValueDescriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| DebugString(0, &contents, options); |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| void EnumValueDescriptor::DebugString( |
| int depth, std::string* contents, |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| std::string prefix(depth * 2, ' '); |
| |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, prefix, |
| debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(contents); |
| |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "$0$1 = $2", prefix, name(), number()); |
| |
| std::string formatted_options; |
| if (FormatBracketedOptions(depth, options(), type()->file()->pool(), |
| &formatted_options)) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, " [$0]", formatted_options); |
| } |
| contents->append(";\n"); |
| |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(contents); |
| } |
| |
| std::string ServiceDescriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default values |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string ServiceDescriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| DebugString(&contents, options); |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| void ServiceDescriptor::DebugString( |
| std::string* contents, |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, /* prefix */ "", |
| debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(contents); |
| |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, "service $0 {\n", name()); |
| |
| FormatLineOptions(1, options(), file()->pool(), contents); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < method_count(); i++) { |
| method(i)->DebugString(1, contents, debug_string_options); |
| } |
| |
| contents->append("}\n"); |
| |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(contents); |
| } |
| |
| std::string MethodDescriptor::DebugString() const { |
| DebugStringOptions options; // default values |
| return DebugStringWithOptions(options); |
| } |
| |
| std::string MethodDescriptor::DebugStringWithOptions( |
| const DebugStringOptions& options) const { |
| std::string contents; |
| DebugString(0, &contents, options); |
| return contents; |
| } |
| |
| void MethodDescriptor::DebugString( |
| int depth, std::string* contents, |
| const DebugStringOptions& debug_string_options) const { |
| std::string prefix(depth * 2, ' '); |
| ++depth; |
| |
| SourceLocationCommentPrinter comment_printer(this, prefix, |
| debug_string_options); |
| comment_printer.AddPreComment(contents); |
| |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend( |
| contents, "$0rpc $1($4.$2) returns ($5.$3)", prefix, name(), |
| input_type()->full_name(), output_type()->full_name(), |
| client_streaming() ? "stream " : "", server_streaming() ? "stream " : ""); |
| |
| std::string formatted_options; |
| if (FormatLineOptions(depth, options(), service()->file()->pool(), |
| &formatted_options)) { |
| strings::SubstituteAndAppend(contents, " {\n$0$1}\n", formatted_options, |
| prefix); |
| } else { |
| contents->append(";\n"); |
| } |
| |
| comment_printer.AddPostComment(contents); |
| } |
| |
| // Location methods =============================================== |
| |
| bool FileDescriptor::GetSourceLocation(const std::vector<int>& path, |
| SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(out_location != nullptr); |
| if (source_code_info_) { |
| if (const SourceCodeInfo_Location* loc = |
| tables_->GetSourceLocation(path, source_code_info_)) { |
| const RepeatedField<int32_t>& span = loc->span(); |
| if (span.size() == 3 || span.size() == 4) { |
| out_location->start_line = span.Get(0); |
| out_location->start_column = span.Get(1); |
| out_location->end_line = span.Get(span.size() == 3 ? 0 : 2); |
| out_location->end_column = span.Get(span.size() - 1); |
| |
| out_location->leading_comments = loc->leading_comments(); |
| out_location->trailing_comments = loc->trailing_comments(); |
| out_location->leading_detached_comments.assign( |
| loc->leading_detached_comments().begin(), |
| loc->leading_detached_comments().end()); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool FileDescriptor::GetSourceLocation(SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; // empty path for root FileDescriptor |
| return GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| bool FieldDescriptor::is_packed() const { |
| if (!is_packable()) return false; |
| if (file_->syntax() == FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO2) { |
| return (options_ != nullptr) && options_->packed(); |
| } else { |
| return options_ == nullptr || !options_->has_packed() || options_->packed(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool Descriptor::GetSourceLocation(SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| GetLocationPath(&path); |
| return file()->GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| bool FieldDescriptor::GetSourceLocation(SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| GetLocationPath(&path); |
| return file()->GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| bool OneofDescriptor::GetSourceLocation(SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| GetLocationPath(&path); |
| return containing_type()->file()->GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| bool EnumDescriptor::GetSourceLocation(SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| GetLocationPath(&path); |
| return file()->GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| bool MethodDescriptor::GetSourceLocation(SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| GetLocationPath(&path); |
| return service()->file()->GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| bool ServiceDescriptor::GetSourceLocation(SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| GetLocationPath(&path); |
| return file()->GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| bool EnumValueDescriptor::GetSourceLocation( |
| SourceLocation* out_location) const { |
| std::vector<int> path; |
| GetLocationPath(&path); |
| return type()->file()->GetSourceLocation(path, out_location); |
| } |
| |
| void Descriptor::GetLocationPath(std::vector<int>* output) const { |
| if (containing_type()) { |
| containing_type()->GetLocationPath(output); |
| output->push_back(DescriptorProto::kNestedTypeFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } else { |
| output->push_back(FileDescriptorProto::kMessageTypeFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FieldDescriptor::GetLocationPath(std::vector<int>* output) const { |
| if (is_extension()) { |
| if (extension_scope() == nullptr) { |
| output->push_back(FileDescriptorProto::kExtensionFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } else { |
| extension_scope()->GetLocationPath(output); |
| output->push_back(DescriptorProto::kExtensionFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| } else { |
| containing_type()->GetLocationPath(output); |
| output->push_back(DescriptorProto::kFieldFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void OneofDescriptor::GetLocationPath(std::vector<int>* output) const { |
| containing_type()->GetLocationPath(output); |
| output->push_back(DescriptorProto::kOneofDeclFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| |
| void EnumDescriptor::GetLocationPath(std::vector<int>* output) const { |
| if (containing_type()) { |
| containing_type()->GetLocationPath(output); |
| output->push_back(DescriptorProto::kEnumTypeFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } else { |
| output->push_back(FileDescriptorProto::kEnumTypeFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void EnumValueDescriptor::GetLocationPath(std::vector<int>* output) const { |
| type()->GetLocationPath(output); |
| output->push_back(EnumDescriptorProto::kValueFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| |
| void ServiceDescriptor::GetLocationPath(std::vector<int>* output) const { |
| output->push_back(FileDescriptorProto::kServiceFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| |
| void MethodDescriptor::GetLocationPath(std::vector<int>* output) const { |
| service()->GetLocationPath(output); |
| output->push_back(ServiceDescriptorProto::kMethodFieldNumber); |
| output->push_back(index()); |
| } |
| |
| // =================================================================== |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| // Represents an options message to interpret. Extension names in the option |
| // name are resolved relative to name_scope. element_name and orig_opt are |
| // used only for error reporting (since the parser records locations against |
| // pointers in the original options, not the mutable copy). The Message must be |
| // one of the Options messages in descriptor.proto. |
| struct OptionsToInterpret { |
| OptionsToInterpret(const std::string& ns, const std::string& el, |
| const std::vector<int>& path, const Message* orig_opt, |
| Message* opt) |
| : name_scope(ns), |
| element_name(el), |
| element_path(path), |
| original_options(orig_opt), |
| options(opt) {} |
| std::string name_scope; |
| std::string element_name; |
| std::vector<int> element_path; |
| const Message* original_options; |
| Message* options; |
| }; |
| |
| } // namespace |
| |
| class DescriptorBuilder { |
| public: |
| DescriptorBuilder(const DescriptorPool* pool, DescriptorPool::Tables* tables, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector* error_collector); |
| ~DescriptorBuilder(); |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* BuildFile(const FileDescriptorProto& proto); |
| |
| private: |
| friend class OptionInterpreter; |
| |
| // Non-recursive part of BuildFile functionality. |
| FileDescriptor* BuildFileImpl(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| |
| const DescriptorPool* pool_; |
| DescriptorPool::Tables* tables_; // for convenience |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector* error_collector_; |
| |
| // As we build descriptors we store copies of the options messages in |
| // them. We put pointers to those copies in this vector, as we build, so we |
| // can later (after cross-linking) interpret those options. |
| std::vector<OptionsToInterpret> options_to_interpret_; |
| |
| bool had_errors_; |
| std::string filename_; |
| FileDescriptor* file_; |
| FileDescriptorTables* file_tables_; |
| std::set<const FileDescriptor*> dependencies_; |
| |
| struct MessageHints { |
| int fields_to_suggest = 0; |
| const Message* first_reason = nullptr; |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation first_reason_location = |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation::OTHER; |
| |
| void RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| const Message& reason, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation reason_location, |
| int range_start = 0, int range_end = 1) { |
| auto fit = [](int value) { |
| return std::min(std::max(value, 0), FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber); |
| }; |
| fields_to_suggest = |
| fit(fields_to_suggest + fit(fit(range_end) - fit(range_start))); |
| if (first_reason) return; |
| first_reason = &reason; |
| first_reason_location = reason_location; |
| } |
| }; |
| |
| std::unordered_map<const Descriptor*, MessageHints> message_hints_; |
| |
| // unused_dependency_ is used to record the unused imported files. |
| // Note: public import is not considered. |
| std::set<const FileDescriptor*> unused_dependency_; |
| |
| // If LookupSymbol() finds a symbol that is in a file which is not a declared |
| // dependency of this file, it will fail, but will set |
| // possible_undeclared_dependency_ to point at that file. This is only used |
| // by AddNotDefinedError() to report a more useful error message. |
| // possible_undeclared_dependency_name_ is the name of the symbol that was |
| // actually found in possible_undeclared_dependency_, which may be a parent |
| // of the symbol actually looked for. |
| const FileDescriptor* possible_undeclared_dependency_; |
| std::string possible_undeclared_dependency_name_; |
| |
| // If LookupSymbol() could resolve a symbol which is not defined, |
| // record the resolved name. This is only used by AddNotDefinedError() |
| // to report a more useful error message. |
| std::string undefine_resolved_name_; |
| |
| // Tracker for current recursion depth to implement recursion protection. |
| // |
| // Counts down to 0 when there is no depth remaining. |
| // |
| // Maximum recursion depth corresponds to 32 nested message declarations. |
| int recursion_depth_ = 32; |
| |
| void AddError(const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const std::string& error); |
| void AddError(const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const char* error); |
| void AddRecursiveImportError(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, int from_here); |
| void AddTwiceListedError(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, int index); |
| void AddImportError(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, int index); |
| |
| // Adds an error indicating that undefined_symbol was not defined. Must |
| // only be called after LookupSymbol() fails. |
| void AddNotDefinedError( |
| const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const std::string& undefined_symbol); |
| |
| void AddWarning(const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const std::string& error); |
| |
| // Silly helper which determines if the given file is in the given package. |
| // I.e., either file->package() == package_name or file->package() is a |
| // nested package within package_name. |
| bool IsInPackage(const FileDescriptor* file, const std::string& package_name); |
| |
| // Helper function which finds all public dependencies of the given file, and |
| // stores the them in the dependencies_ set in the builder. |
| void RecordPublicDependencies(const FileDescriptor* file); |
| |
| // Like tables_->FindSymbol(), but additionally: |
| // - Search the pool's underlay if not found in tables_. |
| // - Insure that the resulting Symbol is from one of the file's declared |
| // dependencies. |
| Symbol FindSymbol(const std::string& name, bool build_it = true); |
| |
| // Like FindSymbol() but does not require that the symbol is in one of the |
| // file's declared dependencies. |
| Symbol FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps(const std::string& name, |
| bool build_it = true); |
| |
| // This implements the body of FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps(). |
| Symbol FindSymbolNotEnforcingDepsHelper(const DescriptorPool* pool, |
| const std::string& name, |
| bool build_it = true); |
| |
| // Like FindSymbol(), but looks up the name relative to some other symbol |
| // name. This first searches siblings of relative_to, then siblings of its |
| // parents, etc. For example, LookupSymbol("foo.bar", "baz.moo.corge") makes |
| // the following calls, returning the first non-null result: |
| // FindSymbol("baz.moo.foo.bar"), FindSymbol("baz.foo.bar"), |
| // FindSymbol("foo.bar"). If AllowUnknownDependencies() has been called |
| // on the DescriptorPool, this will generate a placeholder type if |
| // the name is not found (unless the name itself is malformed). The |
| // placeholder_type parameter indicates what kind of placeholder should be |
| // constructed in this case. The resolve_mode parameter determines whether |
| // any symbol is returned, or only symbols that are types. Note, however, |
| // that LookupSymbol may still return a non-type symbol in LOOKUP_TYPES mode, |
| // if it believes that's all it could refer to. The caller should always |
| // check that it receives the type of symbol it was expecting. |
| enum ResolveMode { LOOKUP_ALL, LOOKUP_TYPES }; |
| Symbol LookupSymbol(const std::string& name, const std::string& relative_to, |
| DescriptorPool::PlaceholderType placeholder_type = |
| DescriptorPool::PLACEHOLDER_MESSAGE, |
| ResolveMode resolve_mode = LOOKUP_ALL, |
| bool build_it = true); |
| |
| // Like LookupSymbol() but will not return a placeholder even if |
| // AllowUnknownDependencies() has been used. |
| Symbol LookupSymbolNoPlaceholder(const std::string& name, |
| const std::string& relative_to, |
| ResolveMode resolve_mode = LOOKUP_ALL, |
| bool build_it = true); |
| |
| // Calls tables_->AddSymbol() and records an error if it fails. Returns |
| // true if successful or false if failed, though most callers can ignore |
| // the return value since an error has already been recorded. |
| bool AddSymbol(const std::string& full_name, const void* parent, |
| const std::string& name, const Message& proto, Symbol symbol); |
| |
| // Like AddSymbol(), but succeeds if the symbol is already defined as long |
| // as the existing definition is also a package (because it's OK to define |
| // the same package in two different files). Also adds all parents of the |
| // package to the symbol table (e.g. AddPackage("foo.bar", ...) will add |
| // "foo.bar" and "foo" to the table). |
| void AddPackage(const std::string& name, const Message& proto, |
| FileDescriptor* file); |
| |
| // Checks that the symbol name contains only alphanumeric characters and |
| // underscores. Records an error otherwise. |
| void ValidateSymbolName(const std::string& name, const std::string& full_name, |
| const Message& proto); |
| |
| // Allocates a copy of orig_options in tables_ and stores it in the |
| // descriptor. Remembers its uninterpreted options, to be interpreted |
| // later. DescriptorT must be one of the Descriptor messages from |
| // descriptor.proto. |
| template <class DescriptorT> |
| void AllocateOptions(const typename DescriptorT::OptionsType& orig_options, |
| DescriptorT* descriptor, int options_field_tag, |
| const std::string& option_name, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| // Specialization for FileOptions. |
| void AllocateOptions(const FileOptions& orig_options, |
| FileDescriptor* descriptor, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| |
| // Implementation for AllocateOptions(). Don't call this directly. |
| template <class DescriptorT> |
| void AllocateOptionsImpl( |
| const std::string& name_scope, const std::string& element_name, |
| const typename DescriptorT::OptionsType& orig_options, |
| DescriptorT* descriptor, const std::vector<int>& options_path, |
| const std::string& option_name, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| |
| // Allocates an array of two strings, the first one is a copy of `proto_name`, |
| // and the second one is the full name. |
| // Full proto name is "scope.proto_name" if scope is non-empty and |
| // "proto_name" otherwise. |
| const std::string* AllocateNameStrings(const std::string& scope, |
| const std::string& proto_name, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| |
| // These methods all have the same signature for the sake of the BUILD_ARRAY |
| // macro, below. |
| void BuildMessage(const DescriptorProto& proto, const Descriptor* parent, |
| Descriptor* result, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildFieldOrExtension(const FieldDescriptorProto& proto, |
| Descriptor* parent, FieldDescriptor* result, |
| bool is_extension, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildField(const FieldDescriptorProto& proto, Descriptor* parent, |
| FieldDescriptor* result, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| BuildFieldOrExtension(proto, parent, result, false, alloc); |
| } |
| void BuildExtension(const FieldDescriptorProto& proto, Descriptor* parent, |
| FieldDescriptor* result, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| BuildFieldOrExtension(proto, parent, result, true, alloc); |
| } |
| void BuildExtensionRange(const DescriptorProto::ExtensionRange& proto, |
| const Descriptor* parent, |
| Descriptor::ExtensionRange* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildReservedRange(const DescriptorProto::ReservedRange& proto, |
| const Descriptor* parent, |
| Descriptor::ReservedRange* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildReservedRange(const EnumDescriptorProto::EnumReservedRange& proto, |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, |
| EnumDescriptor::ReservedRange* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildOneof(const OneofDescriptorProto& proto, Descriptor* parent, |
| OneofDescriptor* result, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void CheckEnumValueUniqueness(const EnumDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const EnumDescriptor* result); |
| void BuildEnum(const EnumDescriptorProto& proto, const Descriptor* parent, |
| EnumDescriptor* result, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildEnumValue(const EnumValueDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, EnumValueDescriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildService(const ServiceDescriptorProto& proto, const void* dummy, |
| ServiceDescriptor* result, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| void BuildMethod(const MethodDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const ServiceDescriptor* parent, MethodDescriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc); |
| |
| void LogUnusedDependency(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const FileDescriptor* result); |
| |
| // Must be run only after building. |
| // |
| // NOTE: Options will not be available during cross-linking, as they |
| // have not yet been interpreted. Defer any handling of options to the |
| // Validate*Options methods. |
| void CrossLinkFile(FileDescriptor* file, const FileDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void CrossLinkMessage(Descriptor* message, const DescriptorProto& proto); |
| void CrossLinkField(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void CrossLinkExtensionRange(Descriptor::ExtensionRange* range, |
| const DescriptorProto::ExtensionRange& proto); |
| void CrossLinkEnum(EnumDescriptor* enum_type, |
| const EnumDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void CrossLinkEnumValue(EnumValueDescriptor* enum_value, |
| const EnumValueDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void CrossLinkService(ServiceDescriptor* service, |
| const ServiceDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void CrossLinkMethod(MethodDescriptor* method, |
| const MethodDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void SuggestFieldNumbers(FileDescriptor* file, |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto); |
| |
| // Must be run only after cross-linking. |
| void InterpretOptions(); |
| |
| // A helper class for interpreting options. |
| class OptionInterpreter { |
| public: |
| // Creates an interpreter that operates in the context of the pool of the |
| // specified builder, which must not be nullptr. We don't take ownership of |
| // the builder. |
| explicit OptionInterpreter(DescriptorBuilder* builder); |
| |
| ~OptionInterpreter(); |
| |
| // Interprets the uninterpreted options in the specified Options message. |
| // On error, calls AddError() on the underlying builder and returns false. |
| // Otherwise returns true. |
| bool InterpretOptions(OptionsToInterpret* options_to_interpret); |
| |
| // Updates the given source code info by re-writing uninterpreted option |
| // locations to refer to the corresponding interpreted option. |
| void UpdateSourceCodeInfo(SourceCodeInfo* info); |
| |
| class AggregateOptionFinder; |
| |
| private: |
| // Interprets uninterpreted_option_ on the specified message, which |
| // must be the mutable copy of the original options message to which |
| // uninterpreted_option_ belongs. The given src_path is the source |
| // location path to the uninterpreted option, and options_path is the |
| // source location path to the options message. The location paths are |
| // recorded and then used in UpdateSourceCodeInfo. |
| bool InterpretSingleOption(Message* options, |
| const std::vector<int>& src_path, |
| const std::vector<int>& options_path); |
| |
| // Adds the uninterpreted_option to the given options message verbatim. |
| // Used when AllowUnknownDependencies() is in effect and we can't find |
| // the option's definition. |
| void AddWithoutInterpreting(const UninterpretedOption& uninterpreted_option, |
| Message* options); |
| |
| // A recursive helper function that drills into the intermediate fields |
| // in unknown_fields to check if field innermost_field is set on the |
| // innermost message. Returns false and sets an error if so. |
| bool ExamineIfOptionIsSet( |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>::const_iterator |
| intermediate_fields_iter, |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>::const_iterator |
| intermediate_fields_end, |
| const FieldDescriptor* innermost_field, |
| const std::string& debug_msg_name, |
| const UnknownFieldSet& unknown_fields); |
| |
| // Validates the value for the option field of the currently interpreted |
| // option and then sets it on the unknown_field. |
| bool SetOptionValue(const FieldDescriptor* option_field, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields); |
| |
| // Parses an aggregate value for a CPPTYPE_MESSAGE option and |
| // saves it into *unknown_fields. |
| bool SetAggregateOption(const FieldDescriptor* option_field, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields); |
| |
| // Convenience functions to set an int field the right way, depending on |
| // its wire type (a single int CppType can represent multiple wire types). |
| void SetInt32(int number, int32_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields); |
| void SetInt64(int number, int64_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields); |
| void SetUInt32(int number, uint32_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields); |
| void SetUInt64(int number, uint64_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields); |
| |
| // A helper function that adds an error at the specified location of the |
| // option we're currently interpreting, and returns false. |
| bool AddOptionError(DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const std::string& msg) { |
| builder_->AddError(options_to_interpret_->element_name, |
| *uninterpreted_option_, location, msg); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // A helper function that adds an error at the location of the option name |
| // and returns false. |
| bool AddNameError(const std::string& msg) { |
| #ifdef PROTOBUF_INTERNAL_IGNORE_FIELD_NAME_ERRORS_ |
| return true; |
| #else // PROTOBUF_INTERNAL_IGNORE_FIELD_NAME_ERRORS_ |
| return AddOptionError(DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OPTION_NAME, msg); |
| #endif // PROTOBUF_INTERNAL_IGNORE_FIELD_NAME_ERRORS_ |
| } |
| |
| // A helper function that adds an error at the location of the option name |
| // and returns false. |
| bool AddValueError(const std::string& msg) { |
| return AddOptionError(DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OPTION_VALUE, msg); |
| } |
| |
| // We interpret against this builder's pool. Is never nullptr. We don't own |
| // this pointer. |
| DescriptorBuilder* builder_; |
| |
| // The options we're currently interpreting, or nullptr if we're not in a |
| // call to InterpretOptions. |
| const OptionsToInterpret* options_to_interpret_; |
| |
| // The option we're currently interpreting within options_to_interpret_, or |
| // nullptr if we're not in a call to InterpretOptions(). This points to a |
| // submessage of the original option, not the mutable copy. Therefore we |
| // can use it to find locations recorded by the parser. |
| const UninterpretedOption* uninterpreted_option_; |
| |
| // This maps the element path of uninterpreted options to the element path |
| // of the resulting interpreted option. This is used to modify a file's |
| // source code info to account for option interpretation. |
| std::map<std::vector<int>, std::vector<int>> interpreted_paths_; |
| |
| // This maps the path to a repeated option field to the known number of |
| // elements the field contains. This is used to track the compute the |
| // index portion of the element path when interpreting a single option. |
| std::map<std::vector<int>, int> repeated_option_counts_; |
| |
| // Factory used to create the dynamic messages we need to parse |
| // any aggregate option values we encounter. |
| DynamicMessageFactory dynamic_factory_; |
| |
| GOOGLE_DISALLOW_EVIL_CONSTRUCTORS(OptionInterpreter); |
| }; |
| |
| // Work-around for broken compilers: According to the C++ standard, |
| // OptionInterpreter should have access to the private members of any class |
| // which has declared DescriptorBuilder as a friend. Unfortunately some old |
| // versions of GCC and other compilers do not implement this correctly. So, |
| // we have to have these intermediate methods to provide access. We also |
| // redundantly declare OptionInterpreter a friend just to make things extra |
| // clear for these bad compilers. |
| friend class OptionInterpreter; |
| friend class OptionInterpreter::AggregateOptionFinder; |
| |
| static inline bool get_allow_unknown(const DescriptorPool* pool) { |
| return pool->allow_unknown_; |
| } |
| static inline bool get_enforce_weak(const DescriptorPool* pool) { |
| return pool->enforce_weak_; |
| } |
| static inline bool get_is_placeholder(const Descriptor* descriptor) { |
| return descriptor != nullptr && descriptor->is_placeholder_; |
| } |
| static inline void assert_mutex_held(const DescriptorPool* pool) { |
| if (pool->mutex_ != nullptr) { |
| pool->mutex_->AssertHeld(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Must be run only after options have been interpreted. |
| // |
| // NOTE: Validation code must only reference the options in the mutable |
| // descriptors, which are the ones that have been interpreted. The const |
| // proto references are passed in only so they can be provided to calls to |
| // AddError(). Do not look at their options, which have not been interpreted. |
| void ValidateFileOptions(FileDescriptor* file, |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateMessageOptions(Descriptor* message, |
| const DescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateFieldOptions(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateEnumOptions(EnumDescriptor* enm, |
| const EnumDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateEnumValueOptions(EnumValueDescriptor* enum_value, |
| const EnumValueDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateExtensionRangeOptions( |
| const std::string& full_name, Descriptor::ExtensionRange* extension_range, |
| const DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange& proto); |
| void ValidateServiceOptions(ServiceDescriptor* service, |
| const ServiceDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateMethodOptions(MethodDescriptor* method, |
| const MethodDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateProto3(FileDescriptor* file, const FileDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateProto3Message(Descriptor* message, const DescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateProto3Field(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto); |
| void ValidateProto3Enum(EnumDescriptor* enm, |
| const EnumDescriptorProto& proto); |
| |
| // Returns true if the map entry message is compatible with the |
| // auto-generated entry message from map fields syntax. |
| bool ValidateMapEntry(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto); |
| |
| // Recursively detects naming conflicts with map entry types for a |
| // better error message. |
| void DetectMapConflicts(const Descriptor* message, |
| const DescriptorProto& proto); |
| |
| void ValidateJSType(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto); |
| }; |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::BuildFile( |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(fallback_database_ == nullptr) |
| << "Cannot call BuildFile on a DescriptorPool that uses a " |
| "DescriptorDatabase. You must instead find a way to get your file " |
| "into the underlying database."; |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(mutex_ == nullptr); // Implied by the above GOOGLE_CHECK. |
| tables_->known_bad_symbols_.clear(); |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.clear(); |
| return DescriptorBuilder(this, tables_.get(), nullptr).BuildFile(proto); |
| } |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::BuildFileCollectingErrors( |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto, ErrorCollector* error_collector) { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(fallback_database_ == nullptr) |
| << "Cannot call BuildFile on a DescriptorPool that uses a " |
| "DescriptorDatabase. You must instead find a way to get your file " |
| "into the underlying database."; |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(mutex_ == nullptr); // Implied by the above GOOGLE_CHECK. |
| tables_->known_bad_symbols_.clear(); |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.clear(); |
| return DescriptorBuilder(this, tables_.get(), error_collector) |
| .BuildFile(proto); |
| } |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::BuildFileFromDatabase( |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) const { |
| mutex_->AssertHeld(); |
| if (tables_->known_bad_files_.count(proto.name()) > 0) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| const FileDescriptor* result = |
| DescriptorBuilder(this, tables_.get(), default_error_collector_) |
| .BuildFile(proto); |
| if (result == nullptr) { |
| tables_->known_bad_files_.insert(proto.name()); |
| } |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| DescriptorBuilder::DescriptorBuilder( |
| const DescriptorPool* pool, DescriptorPool::Tables* tables, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector* error_collector) |
| : pool_(pool), |
| tables_(tables), |
| error_collector_(error_collector), |
| had_errors_(false), |
| possible_undeclared_dependency_(nullptr), |
| undefine_resolved_name_("") {} |
| |
| DescriptorBuilder::~DescriptorBuilder() {} |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddError( |
| const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const std::string& error) { |
| if (error_collector_ == nullptr) { |
| if (!had_errors_) { |
| GOOGLE_LOG(ERROR) << "Invalid proto descriptor for file \"" << filename_ |
| << "\":"; |
| } |
| GOOGLE_LOG(ERROR) << " " << element_name << ": " << error; |
| } else { |
| error_collector_->AddError(filename_, element_name, &descriptor, location, |
| error); |
| } |
| had_errors_ = true; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddError( |
| const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, const char* error) { |
| AddError(element_name, descriptor, location, std::string(error)); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddNotDefinedError( |
| const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const std::string& undefined_symbol) { |
| if (possible_undeclared_dependency_ == nullptr && |
| undefine_resolved_name_.empty()) { |
| AddError(element_name, descriptor, location, |
| "\"" + undefined_symbol + "\" is not defined."); |
| } else { |
| if (possible_undeclared_dependency_ != nullptr) { |
| AddError(element_name, descriptor, location, |
| "\"" + possible_undeclared_dependency_name_ + |
| "\" seems to be defined in \"" + |
| possible_undeclared_dependency_->name() + |
| "\", which is not " |
| "imported by \"" + |
| filename_ + |
| "\". To use it here, please " |
| "add the necessary import."); |
| } |
| if (!undefine_resolved_name_.empty()) { |
| AddError(element_name, descriptor, location, |
| "\"" + undefined_symbol + "\" is resolved to \"" + |
| undefine_resolved_name_ + |
| "\", which is not defined. " |
| "The innermost scope is searched first in name resolution. " |
| "Consider using a leading '.'(i.e., \"." + |
| undefined_symbol + "\") to start from the outermost scope."); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddWarning( |
| const std::string& element_name, const Message& descriptor, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::ErrorLocation location, |
| const std::string& error) { |
| if (error_collector_ == nullptr) { |
| GOOGLE_LOG(WARNING) << filename_ << " " << element_name << ": " << error; |
| } else { |
| error_collector_->AddWarning(filename_, element_name, &descriptor, location, |
| error); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::IsInPackage(const FileDescriptor* file, |
| const std::string& package_name) { |
| return HasPrefixString(file->package(), package_name) && |
| (file->package().size() == package_name.size() || |
| file->package()[package_name.size()] == '.'); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::RecordPublicDependencies(const FileDescriptor* file) { |
| if (file == nullptr || !dependencies_.insert(file).second) return; |
| for (int i = 0; file != nullptr && i < file->public_dependency_count(); i++) { |
| RecordPublicDependencies(file->public_dependency(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorBuilder::FindSymbolNotEnforcingDepsHelper( |
| const DescriptorPool* pool, const std::string& name, bool build_it) { |
| // If we are looking at an underlay, we must lock its mutex_, since we are |
| // accessing the underlay's tables_ directly. |
| MutexLockMaybe lock((pool == pool_) ? nullptr : pool->mutex_); |
| |
| Symbol result = pool->tables_->FindSymbol(name); |
| if (result.IsNull() && pool->underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| // Symbol not found; check the underlay. |
| result = FindSymbolNotEnforcingDepsHelper(pool->underlay_, name); |
| } |
| |
| if (result.IsNull()) { |
| // With lazily_build_dependencies_, a symbol lookup at cross link time is |
| // not guaranteed to be successful. In most cases, build_it will be false, |
| // which intentionally prevents us from building an import until it's |
| // actually needed. In some cases, like registering an extension, we want |
| // to build the file containing the symbol, and build_it will be set. |
| // Also, build_it will be true when !lazily_build_dependencies_, to provide |
| // better error reporting of missing dependencies. |
| if (build_it && pool->TryFindSymbolInFallbackDatabase(name)) { |
| result = pool->tables_->FindSymbol(name); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorBuilder::FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps(const std::string& name, |
| bool build_it) { |
| Symbol result = FindSymbolNotEnforcingDepsHelper(pool_, name, build_it); |
| // Only find symbols which were defined in this file or one of its |
| // dependencies. |
| const FileDescriptor* file = result.GetFile(); |
| if (file == file_ || dependencies_.count(file) > 0) { |
| unused_dependency_.erase(file); |
| } |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorBuilder::FindSymbol(const std::string& name, bool build_it) { |
| Symbol result = FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps(name, build_it); |
| |
| if (result.IsNull()) return result; |
| |
| if (!pool_->enforce_dependencies_) { |
| // Hack for CompilerUpgrader, and also used for lazily_build_dependencies_ |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| // Only find symbols which were defined in this file or one of its |
| // dependencies. |
| const FileDescriptor* file = result.GetFile(); |
| if (file == file_ || dependencies_.count(file) > 0) { |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| if (result.IsPackage()) { |
| // Arg, this is overcomplicated. The symbol is a package name. It could |
| // be that the package was defined in multiple files. result.GetFile() |
| // returns the first file we saw that used this package. We've determined |
| // that that file is not a direct dependency of the file we are currently |
| // building, but it could be that some other file which *is* a direct |
| // dependency also defines the same package. We can't really rule out this |
| // symbol unless none of the dependencies define it. |
| if (IsInPackage(file_, name)) return result; |
| for (std::set<const FileDescriptor*>::const_iterator it = |
| dependencies_.begin(); |
| it != dependencies_.end(); ++it) { |
| // Note: A dependency may be nullptr if it was not found or had errors. |
| if (*it != nullptr && IsInPackage(*it, name)) return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| possible_undeclared_dependency_ = file; |
| possible_undeclared_dependency_name_ = name; |
| return Symbol(); |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorBuilder::LookupSymbolNoPlaceholder( |
| const std::string& name, const std::string& relative_to, |
| ResolveMode resolve_mode, bool build_it) { |
| possible_undeclared_dependency_ = nullptr; |
| undefine_resolved_name_.clear(); |
| |
| if (!name.empty() && name[0] == '.') { |
| // Fully-qualified name. |
| return FindSymbol(name.substr(1), build_it); |
| } |
| |
| // If name is something like "Foo.Bar.baz", and symbols named "Foo" are |
| // defined in multiple parent scopes, we only want to find "Bar.baz" in the |
| // innermost one. E.g., the following should produce an error: |
| // message Bar { message Baz {} } |
| // message Foo { |
| // message Bar { |
| // } |
| // optional Bar.Baz baz = 1; |
| // } |
| // So, we look for just "Foo" first, then look for "Bar.baz" within it if |
| // found. |
| std::string::size_type name_dot_pos = name.find_first_of('.'); |
| std::string first_part_of_name; |
| if (name_dot_pos == std::string::npos) { |
| first_part_of_name = name; |
| } else { |
| first_part_of_name = name.substr(0, name_dot_pos); |
| } |
| |
| std::string scope_to_try(relative_to); |
| |
| while (true) { |
| // Chop off the last component of the scope. |
| std::string::size_type dot_pos = scope_to_try.find_last_of('.'); |
| if (dot_pos == std::string::npos) { |
| return FindSymbol(name, build_it); |
| } else { |
| scope_to_try.erase(dot_pos); |
| } |
| |
| // Append ".first_part_of_name" and try to find. |
| std::string::size_type old_size = scope_to_try.size(); |
| scope_to_try.append(1, '.'); |
| scope_to_try.append(first_part_of_name); |
| Symbol result = FindSymbol(scope_to_try, build_it); |
| if (!result.IsNull()) { |
| if (first_part_of_name.size() < name.size()) { |
| // name is a compound symbol, of which we only found the first part. |
| // Now try to look up the rest of it. |
| if (result.IsAggregate()) { |
| scope_to_try.append(name, first_part_of_name.size(), |
| name.size() - first_part_of_name.size()); |
| result = FindSymbol(scope_to_try, build_it); |
| if (result.IsNull()) { |
| undefine_resolved_name_ = scope_to_try; |
| } |
| return result; |
| } else { |
| // We found a symbol but it's not an aggregate. Continue the loop. |
| } |
| } else { |
| if (resolve_mode == LOOKUP_TYPES && !result.IsType()) { |
| // We found a symbol but it's not a type. Continue the loop. |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Not found. Remove the name so we can try again. |
| scope_to_try.erase(old_size); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorBuilder::LookupSymbol( |
| const std::string& name, const std::string& relative_to, |
| DescriptorPool::PlaceholderType placeholder_type, ResolveMode resolve_mode, |
| bool build_it) { |
| Symbol result = |
| LookupSymbolNoPlaceholder(name, relative_to, resolve_mode, build_it); |
| if (result.IsNull() && pool_->allow_unknown_) { |
| // Not found, but AllowUnknownDependencies() is enabled. Return a |
| // placeholder instead. |
| result = pool_->NewPlaceholderWithMutexHeld(name, placeholder_type); |
| } |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| static bool ValidateQualifiedName(StringPiece name) { |
| bool last_was_period = false; |
| |
| for (char character : name) { |
| // I don't trust isalnum() due to locales. :( |
| if (('a' <= character && character <= 'z') || |
| ('A' <= character && character <= 'Z') || |
| ('0' <= character && character <= '9') || (character == '_')) { |
| last_was_period = false; |
| } else if (character == '.') { |
| if (last_was_period) return false; |
| last_was_period = true; |
| } else { |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return !name.empty() && !last_was_period; |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorPool::NewPlaceholder(StringPiece name, |
| PlaceholderType placeholder_type) const { |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(mutex_); |
| return NewPlaceholderWithMutexHeld(name, placeholder_type); |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorPool::NewPlaceholderWithMutexHeld( |
| StringPiece name, PlaceholderType placeholder_type) const { |
| if (mutex_) { |
| mutex_->AssertHeld(); |
| } |
| // Compute names. |
| StringPiece placeholder_full_name; |
| StringPiece placeholder_name; |
| const std::string* placeholder_package; |
| |
| if (!ValidateQualifiedName(name)) return Symbol(); |
| if (name[0] == '.') { |
| // Fully-qualified. |
| placeholder_full_name = name.substr(1); |
| } else { |
| placeholder_full_name = name; |
| } |
| |
| // Create the placeholders. |
| internal::FlatAllocator alloc; |
| alloc.PlanArray<FileDescriptor>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2); |
| if (placeholder_type == PLACEHOLDER_ENUM) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<EnumDescriptor>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<EnumValueDescriptor>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2); // names for the descriptor. |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2); // names for the value. |
| } else { |
| alloc.PlanArray<Descriptor>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2); // names for the descriptor. |
| if (placeholder_type == PLACEHOLDER_EXTENDABLE_MESSAGE) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<Descriptor::ExtensionRange>(1); |
| } |
| } |
| alloc.FinalizePlanning(tables_); |
| |
| const std::string::size_type dotpos = placeholder_full_name.find_last_of('.'); |
| if (dotpos != std::string::npos) { |
| placeholder_package = |
| alloc.AllocateStrings(placeholder_full_name.substr(0, dotpos)); |
| placeholder_name = placeholder_full_name.substr(dotpos + 1); |
| } else { |
| placeholder_package = alloc.AllocateStrings(""); |
| placeholder_name = placeholder_full_name; |
| } |
| |
| FileDescriptor* placeholder_file = NewPlaceholderFileWithMutexHeld( |
| StrCat(placeholder_full_name, ".placeholder.proto"), alloc); |
| placeholder_file->package_ = placeholder_package; |
| |
| if (placeholder_type == PLACEHOLDER_ENUM) { |
| placeholder_file->enum_type_count_ = 1; |
| placeholder_file->enum_types_ = alloc.AllocateArray<EnumDescriptor>(1); |
| |
| EnumDescriptor* placeholder_enum = &placeholder_file->enum_types_[0]; |
| memset(static_cast<void*>(placeholder_enum), 0, sizeof(*placeholder_enum)); |
| |
| placeholder_enum->all_names_ = |
| alloc.AllocateStrings(placeholder_name, placeholder_full_name); |
| placeholder_enum->file_ = placeholder_file; |
| placeholder_enum->options_ = &EnumOptions::default_instance(); |
| placeholder_enum->is_placeholder_ = true; |
| placeholder_enum->is_unqualified_placeholder_ = (name[0] != '.'); |
| |
| // Enums must have at least one value. |
| placeholder_enum->value_count_ = 1; |
| placeholder_enum->values_ = alloc.AllocateArray<EnumValueDescriptor>(1); |
| // Disable fast-path lookup for this enum. |
| placeholder_enum->sequential_value_limit_ = -1; |
| |
| EnumValueDescriptor* placeholder_value = &placeholder_enum->values_[0]; |
| memset(static_cast<void*>(placeholder_value), 0, |
| sizeof(*placeholder_value)); |
| |
| // Note that enum value names are siblings of their type, not children. |
| placeholder_value->all_names_ = alloc.AllocateStrings( |
| "PLACEHOLDER_VALUE", placeholder_package->empty() |
| ? "PLACEHOLDER_VALUE" |
| : *placeholder_package + ".PLACEHOLDER_VALUE"); |
| |
| placeholder_value->number_ = 0; |
| placeholder_value->type_ = placeholder_enum; |
| placeholder_value->options_ = &EnumValueOptions::default_instance(); |
| |
| return Symbol(placeholder_enum); |
| } else { |
| placeholder_file->message_type_count_ = 1; |
| placeholder_file->message_types_ = alloc.AllocateArray<Descriptor>(1); |
| |
| Descriptor* placeholder_message = &placeholder_file->message_types_[0]; |
| memset(static_cast<void*>(placeholder_message), 0, |
| sizeof(*placeholder_message)); |
| |
| placeholder_message->all_names_ = |
| alloc.AllocateStrings(placeholder_name, placeholder_full_name); |
| placeholder_message->file_ = placeholder_file; |
| placeholder_message->options_ = &MessageOptions::default_instance(); |
| placeholder_message->is_placeholder_ = true; |
| placeholder_message->is_unqualified_placeholder_ = (name[0] != '.'); |
| |
| if (placeholder_type == PLACEHOLDER_EXTENDABLE_MESSAGE) { |
| placeholder_message->extension_range_count_ = 1; |
| placeholder_message->extension_ranges_ = |
| alloc.AllocateArray<Descriptor::ExtensionRange>(1); |
| placeholder_message->extension_ranges_[0].start = 1; |
| // kMaxNumber + 1 because ExtensionRange::end is exclusive. |
| placeholder_message->extension_ranges_[0].end = |
| FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber + 1; |
| placeholder_message->extension_ranges_[0].options_ = nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| return Symbol(placeholder_message); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::NewPlaceholderFile( |
| StringPiece name) const { |
| MutexLockMaybe lock(mutex_); |
| internal::FlatAllocator alloc; |
| alloc.PlanArray<FileDescriptor>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(1); |
| alloc.FinalizePlanning(tables_); |
| |
| return NewPlaceholderFileWithMutexHeld(name, alloc); |
| } |
| |
| FileDescriptor* DescriptorPool::NewPlaceholderFileWithMutexHeld( |
| StringPiece name, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) const { |
| if (mutex_) { |
| mutex_->AssertHeld(); |
| } |
| FileDescriptor* placeholder = alloc.AllocateArray<FileDescriptor>(1); |
| memset(static_cast<void*>(placeholder), 0, sizeof(*placeholder)); |
| |
| placeholder->name_ = alloc.AllocateStrings(name); |
| placeholder->package_ = &internal::GetEmptyString(); |
| placeholder->pool_ = this; |
| placeholder->options_ = &FileOptions::default_instance(); |
| placeholder->tables_ = &FileDescriptorTables::GetEmptyInstance(); |
| placeholder->source_code_info_ = &SourceCodeInfo::default_instance(); |
| placeholder->is_placeholder_ = true; |
| placeholder->syntax_ = FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_UNKNOWN; |
| placeholder->finished_building_ = true; |
| // All other fields are zero or nullptr. |
| |
| return placeholder; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::AddSymbol(const std::string& full_name, |
| const void* parent, const std::string& name, |
| const Message& proto, Symbol symbol) { |
| // If the caller passed nullptr for the parent, the symbol is at file scope. |
| // Use its file as the parent instead. |
| if (parent == nullptr) parent = file_; |
| |
| if (full_name.find('\0') != std::string::npos) { |
| AddError(full_name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + full_name + "\" contains null character."); |
| return false; |
| } |
| if (tables_->AddSymbol(full_name, symbol)) { |
| if (!file_tables_->AddAliasUnderParent(parent, name, symbol)) { |
| // This is only possible if there was already an error adding something of |
| // the same name. |
| if (!had_errors_) { |
| GOOGLE_LOG(DFATAL) << "\"" << full_name |
| << "\" not previously defined in " |
| "symbols_by_name_, but was defined in " |
| "symbols_by_parent_; this shouldn't be possible."; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| return true; |
| } else { |
| const FileDescriptor* other_file = tables_->FindSymbol(full_name).GetFile(); |
| if (other_file == file_) { |
| std::string::size_type dot_pos = full_name.find_last_of('.'); |
| if (dot_pos == std::string::npos) { |
| AddError(full_name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + full_name + "\" is already defined."); |
| } else { |
| AddError(full_name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + full_name.substr(dot_pos + 1) + |
| "\" is already defined in \"" + |
| full_name.substr(0, dot_pos) + "\"."); |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Symbol seems to have been defined in a different file. |
| AddError(full_name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + full_name + "\" is already defined in file \"" + |
| (other_file == nullptr ? "null" : other_file->name()) + |
| "\"."); |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddPackage(const std::string& name, |
| const Message& proto, FileDescriptor* file) { |
| if (name.find('\0') != std::string::npos) { |
| AddError(name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + name + "\" contains null character."); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| Symbol existing_symbol = tables_->FindSymbol(name); |
| // It's OK to redefine a package. |
| if (existing_symbol.IsNull()) { |
| if (&name == &file->package()) { |
| // It is the toplevel package name, so insert the descriptor directly. |
| tables_->AddSymbol(file->package(), Symbol(file)); |
| } else { |
| auto* package = tables_->Allocate<Symbol::Subpackage>(); |
| // If the name is the package name, then it is already in the arena. |
| // If not, copy it there. It came from the call to AddPackage below. |
| package->name_size = static_cast<int>(name.size()); |
| package->file = file; |
| tables_->AddSymbol(name, Symbol(package)); |
| } |
| // Also add parent package, if any. |
| std::string::size_type dot_pos = name.find_last_of('.'); |
| if (dot_pos == std::string::npos) { |
| // No parents. |
| ValidateSymbolName(name, name, proto); |
| } else { |
| // Has parent. |
| AddPackage(name.substr(0, dot_pos), proto, file); |
| ValidateSymbolName(name.substr(dot_pos + 1), name, proto); |
| } |
| } else if (!existing_symbol.IsPackage()) { |
| // Symbol seems to have been defined in a different file. |
| const FileDescriptor* other_file = existing_symbol.GetFile(); |
| AddError(name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + name + |
| "\" is already defined (as something other than " |
| "a package) in file \"" + |
| (other_file == nullptr ? "null" : other_file->name()) + "\"."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateSymbolName(const std::string& name, |
| const std::string& full_name, |
| const Message& proto) { |
| if (name.empty()) { |
| AddError(full_name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Missing name."); |
| } else { |
| for (char character : name) { |
| // I don't trust isalnum() due to locales. :( |
| if ((character < 'a' || 'z' < character) && |
| (character < 'A' || 'Z' < character) && |
| (character < '0' || '9' < character) && (character != '_')) { |
| AddError(full_name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + name + "\" is not a valid identifier."); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| // This generic implementation is good for all descriptors except |
| // FileDescriptor. |
| template <class DescriptorT> |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AllocateOptions( |
| const typename DescriptorT::OptionsType& orig_options, |
| DescriptorT* descriptor, int options_field_tag, |
| const std::string& option_name, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| std::vector<int> options_path; |
| descriptor->GetLocationPath(&options_path); |
| options_path.push_back(options_field_tag); |
| AllocateOptionsImpl(descriptor->full_name(), descriptor->full_name(), |
| orig_options, descriptor, options_path, option_name, |
| alloc); |
| } |
| |
| // We specialize for FileDescriptor. |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AllocateOptions(const FileOptions& orig_options, |
| FileDescriptor* descriptor, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| std::vector<int> options_path; |
| options_path.push_back(FileDescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber); |
| // We add the dummy token so that LookupSymbol does the right thing. |
| AllocateOptionsImpl(descriptor->package() + ".dummy", descriptor->name(), |
| orig_options, descriptor, options_path, |
| "google.protobuf.FileOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| template <class DescriptorT> |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AllocateOptionsImpl( |
| const std::string& name_scope, const std::string& element_name, |
| const typename DescriptorT::OptionsType& orig_options, |
| DescriptorT* descriptor, const std::vector<int>& options_path, |
| const std::string& option_name, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| auto* options = alloc.AllocateArray<typename DescriptorT::OptionsType>(1); |
| |
| if (!orig_options.IsInitialized()) { |
| AddError(name_scope + "." + element_name, orig_options, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OPTION_NAME, |
| "Uninterpreted option is missing name or value."); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Avoid using MergeFrom()/CopyFrom() in this class to make it -fno-rtti |
| // friendly. Without RTTI, MergeFrom() and CopyFrom() will fallback to the |
| // reflection based method, which requires the Descriptor. However, we are in |
| // the middle of building the descriptors, thus the deadlock. |
| options->ParseFromString(orig_options.SerializeAsString()); |
| descriptor->options_ = options; |
| |
| // Don't add to options_to_interpret_ unless there were uninterpreted |
| // options. This not only avoids unnecessary work, but prevents a |
| // bootstrapping problem when building descriptors for descriptor.proto. |
| // descriptor.proto does not contain any uninterpreted options, but |
| // attempting to interpret options anyway will cause |
| // OptionsType::GetDescriptor() to be called which may then deadlock since |
| // we're still trying to build it. |
| if (options->uninterpreted_option_size() > 0) { |
| options_to_interpret_.push_back(OptionsToInterpret( |
| name_scope, element_name, options_path, &orig_options, options)); |
| } |
| |
| // If the custom option is in unknown fields, no need to interpret it. |
| // Remove the dependency file from unused_dependency. |
| const UnknownFieldSet& unknown_fields = orig_options.unknown_fields(); |
| if (!unknown_fields.empty()) { |
| // Can not use options->GetDescriptor() which may case deadlock. |
| Symbol msg_symbol = tables_->FindSymbol(option_name); |
| if (msg_symbol.type() == Symbol::MESSAGE) { |
| for (int i = 0; i < unknown_fields.field_count(); ++i) { |
| assert_mutex_held(pool_); |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = |
| pool_->InternalFindExtensionByNumberNoLock( |
| msg_symbol.descriptor(), unknown_fields.field(i).number()); |
| if (field) { |
| unused_dependency_.erase(field->file()); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // A common pattern: We want to convert a repeated field in the descriptor |
| // to an array of values, calling some method to build each value. |
| #define BUILD_ARRAY(INPUT, OUTPUT, NAME, METHOD, PARENT) \ |
| OUTPUT->NAME##_count_ = INPUT.NAME##_size(); \ |
| OUTPUT->NAME##s_ = alloc.AllocateArray< \ |
| typename std::remove_pointer<decltype(OUTPUT->NAME##s_)>::type>( \ |
| INPUT.NAME##_size()); \ |
| for (int i = 0; i < INPUT.NAME##_size(); i++) { \ |
| METHOD(INPUT.NAME(i), PARENT, OUTPUT->NAME##s_ + i, alloc); \ |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddRecursiveImportError( |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto, int from_here) { |
| std::string error_message("File recursively imports itself: "); |
| for (size_t i = from_here; i < tables_->pending_files_.size(); i++) { |
| error_message.append(tables_->pending_files_[i]); |
| error_message.append(" -> "); |
| } |
| error_message.append(proto.name()); |
| |
| if (static_cast<size_t>(from_here) < tables_->pending_files_.size() - 1) { |
| AddError(tables_->pending_files_[from_here + 1], proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::IMPORT, error_message); |
| } else { |
| AddError(proto.name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::IMPORT, |
| error_message); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddTwiceListedError(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, |
| int index) { |
| AddError(proto.dependency(index), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::IMPORT, |
| "Import \"" + proto.dependency(index) + "\" was listed twice."); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::AddImportError(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, |
| int index) { |
| std::string message; |
| if (pool_->fallback_database_ == nullptr) { |
| message = "Import \"" + proto.dependency(index) + "\" has not been loaded."; |
| } else { |
| message = "Import \"" + proto.dependency(index) + |
| "\" was not found or had errors."; |
| } |
| AddError(proto.dependency(index), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::IMPORT, message); |
| } |
| |
| static bool ExistingFileMatchesProto(const FileDescriptor* existing_file, |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| FileDescriptorProto existing_proto; |
| existing_file->CopyTo(&existing_proto); |
| // TODO(liujisi): Remove it when CopyTo supports copying syntax params when |
| // syntax="proto2". |
| if (existing_file->syntax() == FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO2 && |
| proto.has_syntax()) { |
| existing_proto.set_syntax( |
| existing_file->SyntaxName(existing_file->syntax())); |
| } |
| |
| return existing_proto.SerializeAsString() == proto.SerializeAsString(); |
| } |
| |
| // These PlanAllocationSize functions will gather into the FlatAllocator all the |
| // necessary memory allocations that BuildXXX functions below will do on the |
| // Tables object. |
| // They *must* be kept in sync. If we miss some PlanArray call we won't have |
| // enough memory and will GOOGLE_CHECK-fail. |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<EnumValueDescriptorProto>& values, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<EnumValueDescriptor>(values.size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2 * values.size()); // name + full_name |
| for (const auto& v : values) { |
| if (v.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<EnumValueOptions>(1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<EnumDescriptorProto>& enums, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<EnumDescriptor>(enums.size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2 * enums.size()); // name + full_name |
| for (const auto& e : enums) { |
| if (e.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<EnumOptions>(1); |
| PlanAllocationSize(e.value(), alloc); |
| alloc.PlanArray<EnumDescriptor::ReservedRange>(e.reserved_range_size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<const std::string*>(e.reserved_name_size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(e.reserved_name_size()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<OneofDescriptorProto>& oneofs, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<OneofDescriptor>(oneofs.size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2 * oneofs.size()); // name + full_name |
| for (const auto& oneof : oneofs) { |
| if (oneof.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<OneofOptions>(1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<FieldDescriptorProto>& fields, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<FieldDescriptor>(fields.size()); |
| for (const auto& field : fields) { |
| if (field.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<FieldOptions>(1); |
| alloc.PlanFieldNames(field.name(), |
| field.has_json_name() ? &field.json_name() : nullptr); |
| if (field.has_default_value() && field.has_type() && |
| (field.type() == FieldDescriptorProto::TYPE_STRING || |
| field.type() == FieldDescriptorProto::TYPE_BYTES)) { |
| // For the default string value. |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(1); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<DescriptorProto::ExtensionRange>& ranges, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<Descriptor::ExtensionRange>(ranges.size()); |
| for (const auto& r : ranges) { |
| if (r.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<ExtensionRangeOptions>(1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<DescriptorProto>& messages, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<Descriptor>(messages.size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2 * messages.size()); // name + full_name |
| |
| for (const auto& message : messages) { |
| if (message.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<MessageOptions>(1); |
| PlanAllocationSize(message.nested_type(), alloc); |
| PlanAllocationSize(message.field(), alloc); |
| PlanAllocationSize(message.extension(), alloc); |
| PlanAllocationSize(message.extension_range(), alloc); |
| alloc.PlanArray<Descriptor::ReservedRange>(message.reserved_range_size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<const std::string*>(message.reserved_name_size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(message.reserved_name_size()); |
| PlanAllocationSize(message.enum_type(), alloc); |
| PlanAllocationSize(message.oneof_decl(), alloc); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<MethodDescriptorProto>& methods, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<MethodDescriptor>(methods.size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2 * methods.size()); // name + full_name |
| for (const auto& m : methods) { |
| if (m.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<MethodOptions>(1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize( |
| const RepeatedPtrField<ServiceDescriptorProto>& services, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<ServiceDescriptor>(services.size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2 * services.size()); // name + full_name |
| for (const auto& service : services) { |
| if (service.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<ServiceOptions>(1); |
| PlanAllocationSize(service.method(), alloc); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void PlanAllocationSize(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| alloc.PlanArray<FileDescriptor>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<FileDescriptorTables>(1); |
| alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(2); // name + package |
| if (proto.has_options()) alloc.PlanArray<FileOptions>(1); |
| if (proto.has_source_code_info()) alloc.PlanArray<SourceCodeInfo>(1); |
| |
| PlanAllocationSize(proto.service(), alloc); |
| PlanAllocationSize(proto.message_type(), alloc); |
| PlanAllocationSize(proto.enum_type(), alloc); |
| PlanAllocationSize(proto.extension(), alloc); |
| |
| alloc.PlanArray<int>(proto.weak_dependency_size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<int>(proto.public_dependency_size()); |
| alloc.PlanArray<const FileDescriptor*>(proto.dependency_size()); |
| } |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* DescriptorBuilder::BuildFile( |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| filename_ = proto.name(); |
| |
| // Check if the file already exists and is identical to the one being built. |
| // Note: This only works if the input is canonical -- that is, it |
| // fully-qualifies all type names, has no UninterpretedOptions, etc. |
| // This is fine, because this idempotency "feature" really only exists to |
| // accommodate one hack in the proto1->proto2 migration layer. |
| const FileDescriptor* existing_file = tables_->FindFile(filename_); |
| if (existing_file != nullptr) { |
| // File already in pool. Compare the existing one to the input. |
| if (ExistingFileMatchesProto(existing_file, proto)) { |
| // They're identical. Return the existing descriptor. |
| return existing_file; |
| } |
| |
| // Not a match. The error will be detected and handled later. |
| } |
| |
| // Check to see if this file is already on the pending files list. |
| // TODO(kenton): Allow recursive imports? It may not work with some |
| // (most?) programming languages. E.g., in C++, a forward declaration |
| // of a type is not sufficient to allow it to be used even in a |
| // generated header file due to inlining. This could perhaps be |
| // worked around using tricks involving inserting #include statements |
| // mid-file, but that's pretty ugly, and I'm pretty sure there are |
| // some languages out there that do not allow recursive dependencies |
| // at all. |
| for (size_t i = 0; i < tables_->pending_files_.size(); i++) { |
| if (tables_->pending_files_[i] == proto.name()) { |
| AddRecursiveImportError(proto, i); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static const int kMaximumPackageLength = 511; |
| if (proto.package().size() > kMaximumPackageLength) { |
| AddError(proto.package(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Package name is too long"); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| // If we have a fallback_database_, and we aren't doing lazy import building, |
| // attempt to load all dependencies now, before checkpointing tables_. This |
| // avoids confusion with recursive checkpoints. |
| if (!pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| if (pool_->fallback_database_ != nullptr) { |
| tables_->pending_files_.push_back(proto.name()); |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.dependency_size(); i++) { |
| if (tables_->FindFile(proto.dependency(i)) == nullptr && |
| (pool_->underlay_ == nullptr || |
| pool_->underlay_->FindFileByName(proto.dependency(i)) == |
| nullptr)) { |
| // We don't care what this returns since we'll find out below anyway. |
| pool_->TryFindFileInFallbackDatabase(proto.dependency(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| tables_->pending_files_.pop_back(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Checkpoint the tables so that we can roll back if something goes wrong. |
| tables_->AddCheckpoint(); |
| |
| internal::FlatAllocator alloc; |
| PlanAllocationSize(proto, alloc); |
| alloc.FinalizePlanning(tables_); |
| FileDescriptor* result = BuildFileImpl(proto, alloc); |
| |
| file_tables_->FinalizeTables(); |
| if (result) { |
| tables_->ClearLastCheckpoint(); |
| result->finished_building_ = true; |
| alloc.ExpectConsumed(); |
| } else { |
| tables_->RollbackToLastCheckpoint(); |
| } |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| FileDescriptor* DescriptorBuilder::BuildFileImpl( |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| FileDescriptor* result = alloc.AllocateArray<FileDescriptor>(1); |
| file_ = result; |
| |
| result->is_placeholder_ = false; |
| result->finished_building_ = false; |
| SourceCodeInfo* info = nullptr; |
| if (proto.has_source_code_info()) { |
| info = alloc.AllocateArray<SourceCodeInfo>(1); |
| info->CopyFrom(proto.source_code_info()); |
| result->source_code_info_ = info; |
| } else { |
| result->source_code_info_ = &SourceCodeInfo::default_instance(); |
| } |
| |
| file_tables_ = alloc.AllocateArray<FileDescriptorTables>(1); |
| file_->tables_ = file_tables_; |
| |
| if (!proto.has_name()) { |
| AddError("", proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Missing field: FileDescriptorProto.name."); |
| } |
| |
| // TODO(liujisi): Report error when the syntax is empty after all the protos |
| // have added the syntax statement. |
| if (proto.syntax().empty() || proto.syntax() == "proto2") { |
| file_->syntax_ = FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO2; |
| } else if (proto.syntax() == "proto3") { |
| file_->syntax_ = FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO3; |
| } else { |
| file_->syntax_ = FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_UNKNOWN; |
| AddError(proto.name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Unrecognized syntax: " + proto.syntax()); |
| } |
| |
| result->name_ = alloc.AllocateStrings(proto.name()); |
| if (proto.has_package()) { |
| result->package_ = alloc.AllocateStrings(proto.package()); |
| } else { |
| // We cannot rely on proto.package() returning a valid string if |
| // proto.has_package() is false, because we might be running at static |
| // initialization time, in which case default values have not yet been |
| // initialized. |
| result->package_ = alloc.AllocateStrings(""); |
| } |
| result->pool_ = pool_; |
| |
| if (result->name().find('\0') != std::string::npos) { |
| AddError(result->name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "\"" + result->name() + "\" contains null character."); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| // Add to tables. |
| if (!tables_->AddFile(result)) { |
| AddError(proto.name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "A file with this name is already in the pool."); |
| // Bail out early so that if this is actually the exact same file, we |
| // don't end up reporting that every single symbol is already defined. |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| if (!result->package().empty()) { |
| if (std::count(result->package().begin(), result->package().end(), '.') > |
| kPackageLimit) { |
| AddError(result->package(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Exceeds Maximum Package Depth"); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| AddPackage(result->package(), proto, result); |
| } |
| |
| // Make sure all dependencies are loaded. |
| std::set<std::string> seen_dependencies; |
| result->dependency_count_ = proto.dependency_size(); |
| result->dependencies_ = |
| alloc.AllocateArray<const FileDescriptor*>(proto.dependency_size()); |
| result->dependencies_once_ = nullptr; |
| unused_dependency_.clear(); |
| std::set<int> weak_deps; |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.weak_dependency_size(); ++i) { |
| weak_deps.insert(proto.weak_dependency(i)); |
| } |
| |
| bool need_lazy_deps = false; |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.dependency_size(); i++) { |
| if (!seen_dependencies.insert(proto.dependency(i)).second) { |
| AddTwiceListedError(proto, i); |
| } |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* dependency = tables_->FindFile(proto.dependency(i)); |
| if (dependency == nullptr && pool_->underlay_ != nullptr) { |
| dependency = pool_->underlay_->FindFileByName(proto.dependency(i)); |
| } |
| |
| if (dependency == result) { |
| // Recursive import. dependency/result is not fully initialized, and it's |
| // dangerous to try to do anything with it. The recursive import error |
| // will be detected and reported in DescriptorBuilder::BuildFile(). |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| if (dependency == nullptr) { |
| if (!pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| if (pool_->allow_unknown_ || |
| (!pool_->enforce_weak_ && weak_deps.find(i) != weak_deps.end())) { |
| internal::FlatAllocator lazy_dep_alloc; |
| lazy_dep_alloc.PlanArray<FileDescriptor>(1); |
| lazy_dep_alloc.PlanArray<std::string>(1); |
| lazy_dep_alloc.FinalizePlanning(tables_); |
| dependency = pool_->NewPlaceholderFileWithMutexHeld( |
| proto.dependency(i), lazy_dep_alloc); |
| } else { |
| AddImportError(proto, i); |
| } |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Add to unused_dependency_ to track unused imported files. |
| // Note: do not track unused imported files for public import. |
| if (pool_->enforce_dependencies_ && |
| (pool_->unused_import_track_files_.find(proto.name()) != |
| pool_->unused_import_track_files_.end()) && |
| (dependency->public_dependency_count() == 0)) { |
| unused_dependency_.insert(dependency); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| result->dependencies_[i] = dependency; |
| if (pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_ && !dependency) { |
| need_lazy_deps = true; |
| } |
| } |
| if (need_lazy_deps) { |
| int total_char_size = 0; |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.dependency_size(); i++) { |
| if (result->dependencies_[i] == nullptr) { |
| total_char_size += static_cast<int>(proto.dependency(i).size()); |
| } |
| ++total_char_size; // For NUL char |
| } |
| |
| void* data = tables_->AllocateBytes( |
| static_cast<int>(sizeof(internal::once_flag) + total_char_size)); |
| result->dependencies_once_ = ::new (data) internal::once_flag{}; |
| char* name_data = reinterpret_cast<char*>(result->dependencies_once_ + 1); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.dependency_size(); i++) { |
| if (result->dependencies_[i] == nullptr) { |
| memcpy(name_data, proto.dependency(i).c_str(), |
| proto.dependency(i).size()); |
| name_data += proto.dependency(i).size(); |
| } |
| *name_data++ = '\0'; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check public dependencies. |
| int public_dependency_count = 0; |
| result->public_dependencies_ = |
| alloc.AllocateArray<int>(proto.public_dependency_size()); |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.public_dependency_size(); i++) { |
| // Only put valid public dependency indexes. |
| int index = proto.public_dependency(i); |
| if (index >= 0 && index < proto.dependency_size()) { |
| result->public_dependencies_[public_dependency_count++] = index; |
| // Do not track unused imported files for public import. |
| // Calling dependency(i) builds that file when doing lazy imports, |
| // need to avoid doing this. Unused dependency detection isn't done |
| // when building lazily, anyways. |
| if (!pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| unused_dependency_.erase(result->dependency(index)); |
| } |
| } else { |
| AddError(proto.name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Invalid public dependency index."); |
| } |
| } |
| result->public_dependency_count_ = public_dependency_count; |
| |
| // Build dependency set |
| dependencies_.clear(); |
| // We don't/can't do proper dependency error checking when |
| // lazily_build_dependencies_, and calling dependency(i) will force |
| // a dependency to be built, which we don't want. |
| if (!pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| for (int i = 0; i < result->dependency_count(); i++) { |
| RecordPublicDependencies(result->dependency(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check weak dependencies. |
| int weak_dependency_count = 0; |
| result->weak_dependencies_ = |
| alloc.AllocateArray<int>(proto.weak_dependency_size()); |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.weak_dependency_size(); i++) { |
| int index = proto.weak_dependency(i); |
| if (index >= 0 && index < proto.dependency_size()) { |
| result->weak_dependencies_[weak_dependency_count++] = index; |
| } else { |
| AddError(proto.name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Invalid weak dependency index."); |
| } |
| } |
| result->weak_dependency_count_ = weak_dependency_count; |
| |
| // Convert children. |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, message_type, BuildMessage, nullptr); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, enum_type, BuildEnum, nullptr); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, service, BuildService, nullptr); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, extension, BuildExtension, nullptr); |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, alloc); |
| } |
| |
| // Note that the following steps must occur in exactly the specified order. |
| |
| // Cross-link. |
| CrossLinkFile(result, proto); |
| |
| if (!message_hints_.empty()) { |
| SuggestFieldNumbers(result, proto); |
| } |
| |
| // Interpret any remaining uninterpreted options gathered into |
| // options_to_interpret_ during descriptor building. Cross-linking has made |
| // extension options known, so all interpretations should now succeed. |
| if (!had_errors_) { |
| OptionInterpreter option_interpreter(this); |
| for (std::vector<OptionsToInterpret>::iterator iter = |
| options_to_interpret_.begin(); |
| iter != options_to_interpret_.end(); ++iter) { |
| option_interpreter.InterpretOptions(&(*iter)); |
| } |
| options_to_interpret_.clear(); |
| if (info != nullptr) { |
| option_interpreter.UpdateSourceCodeInfo(info); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Validate options. See comments at InternalSetLazilyBuildDependencies about |
| // error checking and lazy import building. |
| if (!had_errors_ && !pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| ValidateFileOptions(result, proto); |
| } |
| |
| // Additional naming conflict check for map entry types. Only need to check |
| // this if there are already errors. |
| if (had_errors_) { |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.message_type_size(); ++i) { |
| DetectMapConflicts(result->message_type(i), proto.message_type(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| // Again, see comments at InternalSetLazilyBuildDependencies about error |
| // checking. Also, don't log unused dependencies if there were previous |
| // errors, since the results might be inaccurate. |
| if (!had_errors_ && !unused_dependency_.empty() && |
| !pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| LogUnusedDependency(proto, result); |
| } |
| |
| if (had_errors_) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } else { |
| return result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| const std::string* DescriptorBuilder::AllocateNameStrings( |
| const std::string& scope, const std::string& proto_name, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| if (scope.empty()) { |
| return alloc.AllocateStrings(proto_name, proto_name); |
| } else { |
| return alloc.AllocateStrings(proto_name, |
| StrCat(scope, ".", proto_name)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| // Helper for BuildMessage below. |
| struct IncrementWhenDestroyed { |
| ~IncrementWhenDestroyed() { ++to_increment; } |
| int& to_increment; |
| }; |
| |
| } // namespace |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildMessage(const DescriptorProto& proto, |
| const Descriptor* parent, |
| Descriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| const std::string& scope = |
| (parent == nullptr) ? file_->package() : parent->full_name(); |
| result->all_names_ = AllocateNameStrings(scope, proto.name(), alloc); |
| ValidateSymbolName(proto.name(), result->full_name(), proto); |
| |
| result->file_ = file_; |
| result->containing_type_ = parent; |
| result->is_placeholder_ = false; |
| result->is_unqualified_placeholder_ = false; |
| result->well_known_type_ = Descriptor::WELLKNOWNTYPE_UNSPECIFIED; |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| |
| auto it = pool_->tables_->well_known_types_.find(result->full_name()); |
| if (it != pool_->tables_->well_known_types_.end()) { |
| result->well_known_type_ = it->second; |
| } |
| |
| // Calculate the continuous sequence of fields. |
| // These can be fast-path'd during lookup and don't need to be added to the |
| // tables. |
| // We use uint16_t to save space for sequential_field_limit_, so stop before |
| // overflowing it. Worst case, we are not taking full advantage on huge |
| // messages, but it is unlikely. |
| result->sequential_field_limit_ = 0; |
| for (int i = 0; i < std::numeric_limits<uint16_t>::max() && |
| i < proto.field_size() && proto.field(i).number() == i + 1; |
| ++i) { |
| result->sequential_field_limit_ = i + 1; |
| } |
| |
| // Build oneofs first so that fields and extension ranges can refer to them. |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, oneof_decl, BuildOneof, result); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, field, BuildField, result); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, enum_type, BuildEnum, result); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, extension_range, BuildExtensionRange, result); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, extension, BuildExtension, result); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, reserved_range, BuildReservedRange, result); |
| |
| // Before building submessages, check recursion limit. |
| --recursion_depth_; |
| IncrementWhenDestroyed revert{recursion_depth_}; |
| if (recursion_depth_ <= 0) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Reached maximum recursion limit for nested messages."); |
| result->nested_types_ = nullptr; |
| result->nested_type_count_ = 0; |
| return; |
| } |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, nested_type, BuildMessage, result); |
| |
| // Copy reserved names. |
| int reserved_name_count = proto.reserved_name_size(); |
| result->reserved_name_count_ = reserved_name_count; |
| result->reserved_names_ = |
| alloc.AllocateArray<const std::string*>(reserved_name_count); |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_name_count; ++i) { |
| result->reserved_names_[i] = |
| alloc.AllocateStrings(proto.reserved_name(i)); |
| } |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, |
| DescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber, |
| "google.protobuf.MessageOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| AddSymbol(result->full_name(), parent, result->name(), proto, Symbol(result)); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.reserved_range_size(); i++) { |
| const DescriptorProto_ReservedRange& range1 = proto.reserved_range(i); |
| for (int j = i + 1; j < proto.reserved_range_size(); j++) { |
| const DescriptorProto_ReservedRange& range2 = proto.reserved_range(j); |
| if (range1.end() > range2.start() && range2.end() > range1.start()) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto.reserved_range(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Reserved range $0 to $1 overlaps with " |
| "already-defined range $2 to $3.", |
| range2.start(), range2.end() - 1, |
| range1.start(), range1.end() - 1)); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| HASH_SET<std::string> reserved_name_set; |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.reserved_name_size(); i++) { |
| const std::string& name = proto.reserved_name(i); |
| if (reserved_name_set.find(name) == reserved_name_set.end()) { |
| reserved_name_set.insert(name); |
| } else { |
| AddError(name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| strings::Substitute("Field name \"$0\" is reserved multiple times.", |
| name)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < result->field_count(); i++) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = result->field(i); |
| for (int j = 0; j < result->extension_range_count(); j++) { |
| const Descriptor::ExtensionRange* range = result->extension_range(j); |
| if (range->start <= field->number() && field->number() < range->end) { |
| message_hints_[result].RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| proto.extension_range(j), DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER); |
| AddError( |
| field->full_name(), proto.extension_range(j), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute( |
| "Extension range $0 to $1 includes field \"$2\" ($3).", |
| range->start, range->end - 1, field->name(), field->number())); |
| } |
| } |
| for (int j = 0; j < result->reserved_range_count(); j++) { |
| const Descriptor::ReservedRange* range = result->reserved_range(j); |
| if (range->start <= field->number() && field->number() < range->end) { |
| message_hints_[result].RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| proto.reserved_range(j), DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER); |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto.reserved_range(j), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Field \"$0\" uses reserved number $1.", |
| field->name(), field->number())); |
| } |
| } |
| if (reserved_name_set.find(field->name()) != reserved_name_set.end()) { |
| AddError( |
| field->full_name(), proto.field(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| strings::Substitute("Field name \"$0\" is reserved.", field->name())); |
| } |
| |
| } |
| |
| // Check that extension ranges don't overlap and don't include |
| // reserved field numbers or names. |
| for (int i = 0; i < result->extension_range_count(); i++) { |
| const Descriptor::ExtensionRange* range1 = result->extension_range(i); |
| for (int j = 0; j < result->reserved_range_count(); j++) { |
| const Descriptor::ReservedRange* range2 = result->reserved_range(j); |
| if (range1->end > range2->start && range2->end > range1->start) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto.extension_range(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Extension range $0 to $1 overlaps with " |
| "reserved range $2 to $3.", |
| range1->start, range1->end - 1, range2->start, |
| range2->end - 1)); |
| } |
| } |
| for (int j = i + 1; j < result->extension_range_count(); j++) { |
| const Descriptor::ExtensionRange* range2 = result->extension_range(j); |
| if (range1->end > range2->start && range2->end > range1->start) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto.extension_range(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Extension range $0 to $1 overlaps with " |
| "already-defined range $2 to $3.", |
| range2->start, range2->end - 1, range1->start, |
| range1->end - 1)); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildFieldOrExtension(const FieldDescriptorProto& proto, |
| Descriptor* parent, |
| FieldDescriptor* result, |
| bool is_extension, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| const std::string& scope = |
| (parent == nullptr) ? file_->package() : parent->full_name(); |
| |
| // We allocate all names in a single array, and dedup them. |
| // We remember the indices for the potentially deduped values. |
| auto all_names = alloc.AllocateFieldNames( |
| proto.name(), scope, |
| proto.has_json_name() ? &proto.json_name() : nullptr); |
| result->all_names_ = all_names.array; |
| result->lowercase_name_index_ = all_names.lowercase_index; |
| result->camelcase_name_index_ = all_names.camelcase_index; |
| result->json_name_index_ = all_names.json_index; |
| |
| ValidateSymbolName(proto.name(), result->full_name(), proto); |
| |
| result->file_ = file_; |
| result->number_ = proto.number(); |
| result->is_extension_ = is_extension; |
| result->is_oneof_ = false; |
| result->proto3_optional_ = proto.proto3_optional(); |
| |
| if (proto.proto3_optional() && |
| file_->syntax() != FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO3) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "The [proto3_optional=true] option may only be set on proto3" |
| "fields, not " + |
| result->full_name()); |
| } |
| |
| result->has_json_name_ = proto.has_json_name(); |
| |
| // Some compilers do not allow static_cast directly between two enum types, |
| // so we must cast to int first. |
| result->type_ = static_cast<FieldDescriptor::Type>( |
| implicit_cast<int>(proto.type())); |
| result->label_ = static_cast<FieldDescriptor::Label>( |
| implicit_cast<int>(proto.label())); |
| |
| if (result->label_ == FieldDescriptor::LABEL_REQUIRED) { |
| // An extension cannot have a required field (b/13365836). |
| if (result->is_extension_) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| // Error location `TYPE`: we would really like to indicate |
| // `LABEL`, but the `ErrorLocation` enum has no entry for this, |
| // and we don't necessarily know about all implementations of the |
| // `ErrorCollector` interface to extend them to handle the new |
| // error location type properly. |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "The extension " + result->full_name() + " cannot be required."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Some of these may be filled in when cross-linking. |
| result->containing_type_ = nullptr; |
| result->type_once_ = nullptr; |
| result->default_value_enum_ = nullptr; |
| |
| result->has_default_value_ = proto.has_default_value(); |
| if (proto.has_default_value() && result->is_repeated()) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Repeated fields can't have default values."); |
| } |
| |
| if (proto.has_type()) { |
| if (proto.has_default_value()) { |
| char* end_pos = nullptr; |
| switch (result->cpp_type()) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_INT32: |
| result->default_value_int32_t_ = |
| strtol(proto.default_value().c_str(), &end_pos, 0); |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_INT64: |
| result->default_value_int64_t_ = |
| strto64(proto.default_value().c_str(), &end_pos, 0); |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_UINT32: |
| result->default_value_uint32_t_ = |
| strtoul(proto.default_value().c_str(), &end_pos, 0); |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_UINT64: |
| result->default_value_uint64_t_ = |
| strtou64(proto.default_value().c_str(), &end_pos, 0); |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_FLOAT: |
| if (proto.default_value() == "inf") { |
| result->default_value_float_ = |
| std::numeric_limits<float>::infinity(); |
| } else if (proto.default_value() == "-inf") { |
| result->default_value_float_ = |
| -std::numeric_limits<float>::infinity(); |
| } else if (proto.default_value() == "nan") { |
| result->default_value_float_ = |
| std::numeric_limits<float>::quiet_NaN(); |
| } else { |
| result->default_value_float_ = io::SafeDoubleToFloat( |
| io::NoLocaleStrtod(proto.default_value().c_str(), &end_pos)); |
| } |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_DOUBLE: |
| if (proto.default_value() == "inf") { |
| result->default_value_double_ = |
| std::numeric_limits<double>::infinity(); |
| } else if (proto.default_value() == "-inf") { |
| result->default_value_double_ = |
| -std::numeric_limits<double>::infinity(); |
| } else if (proto.default_value() == "nan") { |
| result->default_value_double_ = |
| std::numeric_limits<double>::quiet_NaN(); |
| } else { |
| result->default_value_double_ = |
| io::NoLocaleStrtod(proto.default_value().c_str(), &end_pos); |
| } |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_BOOL: |
| if (proto.default_value() == "true") { |
| result->default_value_bool_ = true; |
| } else if (proto.default_value() == "false") { |
| result->default_value_bool_ = false; |
| } else { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Boolean default must be true or false."); |
| } |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_ENUM: |
| // This will be filled in when cross-linking. |
| result->default_value_enum_ = nullptr; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_STRING: |
| if (result->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_BYTES) { |
| result->default_value_string_ = alloc.AllocateStrings( |
| UnescapeCEscapeString(proto.default_value())); |
| } else { |
| result->default_value_string_ = |
| alloc.AllocateStrings(proto.default_value()); |
| } |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_MESSAGE: |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Messages can't have default values."); |
| result->has_default_value_ = false; |
| result->default_generated_instance_ = nullptr; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (end_pos != nullptr) { |
| // end_pos is only set non-null by the parsers for numeric types, |
| // above. This checks that the default was non-empty and had no extra |
| // junk after the end of the number. |
| if (proto.default_value().empty() || *end_pos != '\0') { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Couldn't parse default value \"" + proto.default_value() + |
| "\"."); |
| } |
| } |
| } else { |
| // No explicit default value |
| switch (result->cpp_type()) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_INT32: |
| result->default_value_int32_t_ = 0; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_INT64: |
| result->default_value_int64_t_ = 0; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_UINT32: |
| result->default_value_uint32_t_ = 0; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_UINT64: |
| result->default_value_uint64_t_ = 0; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_FLOAT: |
| result->default_value_float_ = 0.0f; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_DOUBLE: |
| result->default_value_double_ = 0.0; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_BOOL: |
| result->default_value_bool_ = false; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_ENUM: |
| // This will be filled in when cross-linking. |
| result->default_value_enum_ = nullptr; |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_STRING: |
| result->default_value_string_ = &internal::GetEmptyString(); |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_MESSAGE: |
| result->default_generated_instance_ = nullptr; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (result->number() <= 0) { |
| message_hints_[parent].RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER); |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| "Field numbers must be positive integers."); |
| } else if (!is_extension && result->number() > FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber) { |
| // Only validate that the number is within the valid field range if it is |
| // not an extension. Since extension numbers are validated with the |
| // extendee's valid set of extension numbers, and those are in turn |
| // validated against the max allowed number, the check is unnecessary for |
| // extension fields. |
| // This avoids cross-linking issues that arise when attempting to check if |
| // the extendee is a message_set_wire_format message, which has a higher max |
| // on extension numbers. |
| message_hints_[parent].RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER); |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Field numbers cannot be greater than $0.", |
| FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber)); |
| } else if (result->number() >= FieldDescriptor::kFirstReservedNumber && |
| result->number() <= FieldDescriptor::kLastReservedNumber) { |
| message_hints_[parent].RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER); |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute( |
| "Field numbers $0 through $1 are reserved for the protocol " |
| "buffer library implementation.", |
| FieldDescriptor::kFirstReservedNumber, |
| FieldDescriptor::kLastReservedNumber)); |
| } |
| |
| if (is_extension) { |
| if (!proto.has_extendee()) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::EXTENDEE, |
| "FieldDescriptorProto.extendee not set for extension field."); |
| } |
| |
| result->scope_.extension_scope = parent; |
| |
| if (proto.has_oneof_index()) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "FieldDescriptorProto.oneof_index should not be set for " |
| "extensions."); |
| } |
| } else { |
| if (proto.has_extendee()) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::EXTENDEE, |
| "FieldDescriptorProto.extendee set for non-extension field."); |
| } |
| |
| result->containing_type_ = parent; |
| |
| if (proto.has_oneof_index()) { |
| if (proto.oneof_index() < 0 || |
| proto.oneof_index() >= parent->oneof_decl_count()) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| strings::Substitute("FieldDescriptorProto.oneof_index $0 is " |
| "out of range for type \"$1\".", |
| proto.oneof_index(), parent->name())); |
| } else { |
| result->is_oneof_ = true; |
| result->scope_.containing_oneof = |
| parent->oneof_decl(proto.oneof_index()); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, |
| FieldDescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber, |
| "google.protobuf.FieldOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| AddSymbol(result->full_name(), parent, result->name(), proto, Symbol(result)); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildExtensionRange( |
| const DescriptorProto::ExtensionRange& proto, const Descriptor* parent, |
| Descriptor::ExtensionRange* result, internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| result->start = proto.start(); |
| result->end = proto.end(); |
| if (result->start <= 0) { |
| message_hints_[parent].RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, result->start, |
| result->end); |
| AddError(parent->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| "Extension numbers must be positive integers."); |
| } |
| |
| // Checking of the upper bound of the extension range is deferred until after |
| // options interpreting. This allows messages with message_set_wire_format to |
| // have extensions beyond FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber, since the extension |
| // numbers are actually used as int32s in the message_set_wire_format. |
| |
| if (result->start >= result->end) { |
| AddError(parent->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| "Extension range end number must be greater than start number."); |
| } |
| |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| std::vector<int> options_path; |
| parent->GetLocationPath(&options_path); |
| options_path.push_back(DescriptorProto::kExtensionRangeFieldNumber); |
| // find index of this extension range in order to compute path |
| int index; |
| for (index = 0; parent->extension_ranges_ + index != result; index++) { |
| } |
| options_path.push_back(index); |
| options_path.push_back(DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange::kOptionsFieldNumber); |
| AllocateOptionsImpl(parent->full_name(), parent->full_name(), |
| proto.options(), result, options_path, |
| "google.protobuf.ExtensionRangeOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildReservedRange( |
| const DescriptorProto::ReservedRange& proto, const Descriptor* parent, |
| Descriptor::ReservedRange* result, internal::FlatAllocator&) { |
| result->start = proto.start(); |
| result->end = proto.end(); |
| if (result->start <= 0) { |
| message_hints_[parent].RequestHintOnFieldNumbers( |
| proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, result->start, |
| result->end); |
| AddError(parent->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| "Reserved numbers must be positive integers."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildReservedRange( |
| const EnumDescriptorProto::EnumReservedRange& proto, |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, EnumDescriptor::ReservedRange* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator&) { |
| result->start = proto.start(); |
| result->end = proto.end(); |
| |
| if (result->start > result->end) { |
| AddError(parent->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| "Reserved range end number must be greater than start number."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildOneof(const OneofDescriptorProto& proto, |
| Descriptor* parent, OneofDescriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| result->all_names_ = |
| AllocateNameStrings(parent->full_name(), proto.name(), alloc); |
| ValidateSymbolName(proto.name(), result->full_name(), proto); |
| |
| result->containing_type_ = parent; |
| |
| // We need to fill these in later. |
| result->field_count_ = 0; |
| result->fields_ = nullptr; |
| result->options_ = nullptr; |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, |
| OneofDescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber, |
| "google.protobuf.OneofOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| AddSymbol(result->full_name(), parent, result->name(), proto, Symbol(result)); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CheckEnumValueUniqueness( |
| const EnumDescriptorProto& proto, const EnumDescriptor* result) { |
| |
| // Check that enum labels are still unique when we remove the enum prefix from |
| // values that have it. |
| // |
| // This will fail for something like: |
| // |
| // enum MyEnum { |
| // MY_ENUM_FOO = 0; |
| // FOO = 1; |
| // } |
| // |
| // By enforcing this reasonable constraint, we allow code generators to strip |
| // the prefix and/or PascalCase it without creating conflicts. This can lead |
| // to much nicer language-specific enums like: |
| // |
| // enum NameType { |
| // FirstName = 1, |
| // LastName = 2, |
| // } |
| // |
| // Instead of: |
| // |
| // enum NameType { |
| // NAME_TYPE_FIRST_NAME = 1, |
| // NAME_TYPE_LAST_NAME = 2, |
| // } |
| PrefixRemover remover(result->name()); |
| std::map<std::string, const EnumValueDescriptor*> values; |
| for (int i = 0; i < result->value_count(); i++) { |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* value = result->value(i); |
| std::string stripped = |
| EnumValueToPascalCase(remover.MaybeRemove(value->name())); |
| std::pair<std::map<std::string, const EnumValueDescriptor*>::iterator, bool> |
| insert_result = values.insert(std::make_pair(stripped, value)); |
| bool inserted = insert_result.second; |
| |
| // We don't throw the error if the two conflicting symbols are identical, or |
| // if they map to the same number. In the former case, the normal symbol |
| // duplication error will fire so we don't need to (and its error message |
| // will make more sense). We allow the latter case so users can create |
| // aliases which add or remove the prefix (code generators that do prefix |
| // stripping should de-dup the labels in this case). |
| if (!inserted && insert_result.first->second->name() != value->name() && |
| insert_result.first->second->number() != value->number()) { |
| std::string error_message = |
| "Enum name " + value->name() + " has the same name as " + |
| values[stripped]->name() + |
| " if you ignore case and strip out the enum name prefix (if any). " |
| "This is error-prone and can lead to undefined behavior. " |
| "Please avoid doing this. If you are using allow_alias, please " |
| "assign the same numeric value to both enums."; |
| // There are proto2 enums out there with conflicting names, so to preserve |
| // compatibility we issue only a warning for proto2. |
| if (result->file()->syntax() == FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO2) { |
| AddWarning(value->full_name(), proto.value(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, error_message); |
| } else { |
| AddError(value->full_name(), proto.value(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, error_message); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildEnum(const EnumDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const Descriptor* parent, |
| EnumDescriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| const std::string& scope = |
| (parent == nullptr) ? file_->package() : parent->full_name(); |
| |
| result->all_names_ = AllocateNameStrings(scope, proto.name(), alloc); |
| ValidateSymbolName(proto.name(), result->full_name(), proto); |
| result->file_ = file_; |
| result->containing_type_ = parent; |
| result->is_placeholder_ = false; |
| result->is_unqualified_placeholder_ = false; |
| |
| if (proto.value_size() == 0) { |
| // We cannot allow enums with no values because this would mean there |
| // would be no valid default value for fields of this type. |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Enums must contain at least one value."); |
| } |
| |
| // Calculate the continuous sequence of the labels. |
| // These can be fast-path'd during lookup and don't need to be added to the |
| // tables. |
| // We use uint16_t to save space for sequential_value_limit_, so stop before |
| // overflowing it. Worst case, we are not taking full advantage on huge |
| // enums, but it is unlikely. |
| for (int i = 0; |
| i < std::numeric_limits<uint16_t>::max() && i < proto.value_size() && |
| // We do the math in int64_t to avoid overflows. |
| proto.value(i).number() == |
| static_cast<int64_t>(i) + proto.value(0).number(); |
| ++i) { |
| result->sequential_value_limit_ = i; |
| } |
| |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, value, BuildEnumValue, result); |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, reserved_range, BuildReservedRange, result); |
| |
| // Copy reserved names. |
| int reserved_name_count = proto.reserved_name_size(); |
| result->reserved_name_count_ = reserved_name_count; |
| result->reserved_names_ = |
| alloc.AllocateArray<const std::string*>(reserved_name_count); |
| for (int i = 0; i < reserved_name_count; ++i) { |
| result->reserved_names_[i] = |
| alloc.AllocateStrings(proto.reserved_name(i)); |
| } |
| |
| CheckEnumValueUniqueness(proto, result); |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, |
| EnumDescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber, |
| "google.protobuf.EnumOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| AddSymbol(result->full_name(), parent, result->name(), proto, Symbol(result)); |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.reserved_range_size(); i++) { |
| const EnumDescriptorProto_EnumReservedRange& range1 = |
| proto.reserved_range(i); |
| for (int j = i + 1; j < proto.reserved_range_size(); j++) { |
| const EnumDescriptorProto_EnumReservedRange& range2 = |
| proto.reserved_range(j); |
| if (range1.end() >= range2.start() && range2.end() >= range1.start()) { |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto.reserved_range(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Reserved range $0 to $1 overlaps with " |
| "already-defined range $2 to $3.", |
| range2.start(), range2.end(), range1.start(), |
| range1.end())); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| HASH_SET<std::string> reserved_name_set; |
| for (int i = 0; i < proto.reserved_name_size(); i++) { |
| const std::string& name = proto.reserved_name(i); |
| if (reserved_name_set.find(name) == reserved_name_set.end()) { |
| reserved_name_set.insert(name); |
| } else { |
| AddError(name, proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| strings::Substitute("Enum value \"$0\" is reserved multiple times.", |
| name)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < result->value_count(); i++) { |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* value = result->value(i); |
| for (int j = 0; j < result->reserved_range_count(); j++) { |
| const EnumDescriptor::ReservedRange* range = result->reserved_range(j); |
| if (range->start <= value->number() && value->number() <= range->end) { |
| AddError(value->full_name(), proto.reserved_range(j), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Enum value \"$0\" uses reserved number $1.", |
| value->name(), value->number())); |
| } |
| } |
| if (reserved_name_set.find(value->name()) != reserved_name_set.end()) { |
| AddError( |
| value->full_name(), proto.value(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| strings::Substitute("Enum value \"$0\" is reserved.", value->name())); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildEnumValue(const EnumValueDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const EnumDescriptor* parent, |
| EnumValueDescriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| // Note: full_name for enum values is a sibling to the parent's name, not a |
| // child of it. |
| std::string full_name; |
| size_t scope_len = parent->full_name().size() - parent->name().size(); |
| full_name.reserve(scope_len + proto.name().size()); |
| full_name.append(parent->full_name().data(), scope_len); |
| full_name.append(proto.name()); |
| |
| result->all_names_ = |
| alloc.AllocateStrings(proto.name(), std::move(full_name)); |
| result->number_ = proto.number(); |
| result->type_ = parent; |
| |
| ValidateSymbolName(proto.name(), result->full_name(), proto); |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, |
| EnumValueDescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber, |
| "google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| // Again, enum values are weird because we makes them appear as siblings |
| // of the enum type instead of children of it. So, we use |
| // parent->containing_type() as the value's parent. |
| bool added_to_outer_scope = |
| AddSymbol(result->full_name(), parent->containing_type(), result->name(), |
| proto, Symbol::EnumValue(result, 0)); |
| |
| // However, we also want to be able to search for values within a single |
| // enum type, so we add it as a child of the enum type itself, too. |
| // Note: This could fail, but if it does, the error has already been |
| // reported by the above AddSymbol() call, so we ignore the return code. |
| bool added_to_inner_scope = file_tables_->AddAliasUnderParent( |
| parent, result->name(), Symbol::EnumValue(result, 1)); |
| |
| if (added_to_inner_scope && !added_to_outer_scope) { |
| // This value did not conflict with any values defined in the same enum, |
| // but it did conflict with some other symbol defined in the enum type's |
| // scope. Let's print an additional error to explain this. |
| std::string outer_scope; |
| if (parent->containing_type() == nullptr) { |
| outer_scope = file_->package(); |
| } else { |
| outer_scope = parent->containing_type()->full_name(); |
| } |
| |
| if (outer_scope.empty()) { |
| outer_scope = "the global scope"; |
| } else { |
| outer_scope = "\"" + outer_scope + "\""; |
| } |
| |
| AddError(result->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Note that enum values use C++ scoping rules, meaning that " |
| "enum values are siblings of their type, not children of it. " |
| "Therefore, \"" + |
| result->name() + "\" must be unique within " + outer_scope + |
| ", not just within \"" + parent->name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| |
| // An enum is allowed to define two numbers that refer to the same value. |
| // FindValueByNumber() should return the first such value, so we simply |
| // ignore AddEnumValueByNumber()'s return code. |
| file_tables_->AddEnumValueByNumber(result); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildService(const ServiceDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const void* /* dummy */, |
| ServiceDescriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| result->all_names_ = |
| AllocateNameStrings(file_->package(), proto.name(), alloc); |
| result->file_ = file_; |
| ValidateSymbolName(proto.name(), result->full_name(), proto); |
| |
| BUILD_ARRAY(proto, result, method, BuildMethod, result); |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, |
| ServiceDescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber, |
| "google.protobuf.ServiceOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| AddSymbol(result->full_name(), nullptr, result->name(), proto, |
| Symbol(result)); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::BuildMethod(const MethodDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const ServiceDescriptor* parent, |
| MethodDescriptor* result, |
| internal::FlatAllocator& alloc) { |
| result->service_ = parent; |
| result->all_names_ = |
| AllocateNameStrings(parent->full_name(), proto.name(), alloc); |
| |
| ValidateSymbolName(proto.name(), result->full_name(), proto); |
| |
| // These will be filled in when cross-linking. |
| result->input_type_.Init(); |
| result->output_type_.Init(); |
| |
| // Copy options. |
| result->options_ = nullptr; // Set to default_instance later if necessary. |
| if (proto.has_options()) { |
| AllocateOptions(proto.options(), result, |
| MethodDescriptorProto::kOptionsFieldNumber, |
| "google.protobuf.MethodOptions", alloc); |
| } |
| |
| result->client_streaming_ = proto.client_streaming(); |
| result->server_streaming_ = proto.server_streaming(); |
| |
| AddSymbol(result->full_name(), parent, result->name(), proto, Symbol(result)); |
| } |
| |
| #undef BUILD_ARRAY |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkFile(FileDescriptor* file, |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (file->options_ == nullptr) { |
| file->options_ = &FileOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->message_type_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkMessage(&file->message_types_[i], proto.message_type(i)); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->extension_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkField(&file->extensions_[i], proto.extension(i)); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->enum_type_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkEnum(&file->enum_types_[i], proto.enum_type(i)); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->service_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkService(&file->services_[i], proto.service(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkMessage(Descriptor* message, |
| const DescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (message->options_ == nullptr) { |
| message->options_ = &MessageOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->nested_type_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkMessage(&message->nested_types_[i], proto.nested_type(i)); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->enum_type_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkEnum(&message->enum_types_[i], proto.enum_type(i)); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->field_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkField(&message->fields_[i], proto.field(i)); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->extension_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkField(&message->extensions_[i], proto.extension(i)); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->extension_range_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkExtensionRange(&message->extension_ranges_[i], |
| proto.extension_range(i)); |
| } |
| |
| // Set up field array for each oneof. |
| |
| // First count the number of fields per oneof. |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->field_count(); i++) { |
| const OneofDescriptor* oneof_decl = message->field(i)->containing_oneof(); |
| if (oneof_decl != nullptr) { |
| // Make sure fields belonging to the same oneof are defined consecutively. |
| // This enables optimizations in codegens and reflection libraries to |
| // skip fields in the oneof group, as only one of the field can be set. |
| // Note that field_count() returns how many fields in this oneof we have |
| // seen so far. field_count() > 0 guarantees that i > 0, so field(i-1) is |
| // safe. |
| if (oneof_decl->field_count() > 0 && |
| message->field(i - 1)->containing_oneof() != oneof_decl) { |
| AddError(message->full_name() + "." + message->field(i - 1)->name(), |
| proto.field(i - 1), DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| strings::Substitute( |
| "Fields in the same oneof must be defined consecutively. " |
| "\"$0\" cannot be defined before the completion of the " |
| "\"$1\" oneof definition.", |
| message->field(i - 1)->name(), oneof_decl->name())); |
| } |
| // Must go through oneof_decls_ array to get a non-const version of the |
| // OneofDescriptor. |
| auto& out_oneof_decl = message->oneof_decls_[oneof_decl->index()]; |
| if (out_oneof_decl.field_count_ == 0) { |
| out_oneof_decl.fields_ = message->field(i); |
| } |
| |
| if (!had_errors_) { |
| // Verify that they are contiguous. |
| // This is assumed by OneofDescriptor::field(i). |
| // But only if there are no errors. |
| GOOGLE_CHECK_EQ(out_oneof_decl.fields_ + out_oneof_decl.field_count_, |
| message->field(i)); |
| } |
| ++out_oneof_decl.field_count_; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Then verify the sizes. |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->oneof_decl_count(); i++) { |
| OneofDescriptor* oneof_decl = &message->oneof_decls_[i]; |
| |
| if (oneof_decl->field_count() == 0) { |
| AddError(message->full_name() + "." + oneof_decl->name(), |
| proto.oneof_decl(i), DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Oneof must have at least one field."); |
| } |
| |
| if (oneof_decl->options_ == nullptr) { |
| oneof_decl->options_ = &OneofOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->field_count(); i++) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = message->field(i); |
| if (field->proto3_optional_) { |
| if (!field->containing_oneof() || |
| !field->containing_oneof()->is_synthetic()) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto.field(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Fields with proto3_optional set must be " |
| "a member of a one-field oneof"); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Synthetic oneofs must be last. |
| int first_synthetic = -1; |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->oneof_decl_count(); i++) { |
| const OneofDescriptor* oneof = message->oneof_decl(i); |
| if (oneof->is_synthetic()) { |
| if (first_synthetic == -1) { |
| first_synthetic = i; |
| } |
| } else { |
| if (first_synthetic != -1) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto.oneof_decl(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Synthetic oneofs must be after all other oneofs"); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (first_synthetic == -1) { |
| message->real_oneof_decl_count_ = message->oneof_decl_count_; |
| } else { |
| message->real_oneof_decl_count_ = first_synthetic; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkExtensionRange( |
| Descriptor::ExtensionRange* range, |
| const DescriptorProto::ExtensionRange& /*proto*/) { |
| if (range->options_ == nullptr) { |
| range->options_ = &ExtensionRangeOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkField(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (field->options_ == nullptr) { |
| field->options_ = &FieldOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| |
| if (proto.has_extendee()) { |
| Symbol extendee = |
| LookupSymbol(proto.extendee(), field->full_name(), |
| DescriptorPool::PLACEHOLDER_EXTENDABLE_MESSAGE); |
| if (extendee.IsNull()) { |
| AddNotDefinedError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::EXTENDEE, |
| proto.extendee()); |
| return; |
| } else if (extendee.type() != Symbol::MESSAGE) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::EXTENDEE, |
| "\"" + proto.extendee() + "\" is not a message type."); |
| return; |
| } |
| field->containing_type_ = extendee.descriptor(); |
| |
| const Descriptor::ExtensionRange* extension_range = |
| field->containing_type()->FindExtensionRangeContainingNumber( |
| field->number()); |
| |
| if (extension_range == nullptr) { |
| // Set of valid extension numbers for MessageSet is different (< 2^32) |
| // from other extendees (< 2^29). If unknown deps are allowed, we may not |
| // have that information, and wrongly deem the extension as invalid. |
| auto skip_check = get_allow_unknown(pool_) && |
| proto.extendee() == "google.protobuf.bridge.MessageSet"; |
| if (!skip_check) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("\"$0\" does not declare $1 as an " |
| "extension number.", |
| field->containing_type()->full_name(), |
| field->number())); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (field->containing_oneof() != nullptr) { |
| if (field->label() != FieldDescriptor::LABEL_OPTIONAL) { |
| // Note that this error will never happen when parsing .proto files. |
| // It can only happen if you manually construct a FileDescriptorProto |
| // that is incorrect. |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Fields of oneofs must themselves have label LABEL_OPTIONAL."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (proto.has_type_name()) { |
| // Assume we are expecting a message type unless the proto contains some |
| // evidence that it expects an enum type. This only makes a difference if |
| // we end up creating a placeholder. |
| bool expecting_enum = (proto.type() == FieldDescriptorProto::TYPE_ENUM) || |
| proto.has_default_value(); |
| |
| // In case of weak fields we force building the dependency. We need to know |
| // if the type exist or not. If it doesn't exist we substitute Empty which |
| // should only be done if the type can't be found in the generated pool. |
| // TODO(gerbens) Ideally we should query the database directly to check |
| // if weak fields exist or not so that we don't need to force building |
| // weak dependencies. However the name lookup rules for symbols are |
| // somewhat complicated, so I defer it too another CL. |
| bool is_weak = !pool_->enforce_weak_ && proto.options().weak(); |
| bool is_lazy = pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_ && !is_weak; |
| |
| Symbol type = |
| LookupSymbol(proto.type_name(), field->full_name(), |
| expecting_enum ? DescriptorPool::PLACEHOLDER_ENUM |
| : DescriptorPool::PLACEHOLDER_MESSAGE, |
| LOOKUP_TYPES, !is_lazy); |
| |
| if (type.IsNull()) { |
| if (is_lazy) { |
| // Save the symbol names for later for lookup, and allocate the once |
| // object needed for the accessors. |
| const std::string& name = proto.type_name(); |
| |
| int name_sizes = static_cast<int>(name.size() + 1 + |
| proto.default_value().size() + 1); |
| |
| field->type_once_ = ::new (tables_->AllocateBytes(static_cast<int>( |
| sizeof(internal::once_flag) + name_sizes))) internal::once_flag{}; |
| char* names = reinterpret_cast<char*>(field->type_once_ + 1); |
| |
| memcpy(names, name.c_str(), name.size() + 1); |
| memcpy(names + name.size() + 1, proto.default_value().c_str(), |
| proto.default_value().size() + 1); |
| |
| // AddFieldByNumber and AddExtension are done later in this function, |
| // and can/must be done if the field type was not found. The related |
| // error checking is not necessary when in lazily_build_dependencies_ |
| // mode, and can't be done without building the type's descriptor, |
| // which we don't want to do. |
| file_tables_->AddFieldByNumber(field); |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| tables_->AddExtension(field); |
| } |
| return; |
| } else { |
| // If the type is a weak type, we change the type to a google.protobuf.Empty |
| // field. |
| if (is_weak) { |
| type = FindSymbol(kNonLinkedWeakMessageReplacementName); |
| } |
| if (type.IsNull()) { |
| AddNotDefinedError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| proto.type_name()); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!proto.has_type()) { |
| // Choose field type based on symbol. |
| if (type.type() == Symbol::MESSAGE) { |
| field->type_ = FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE; |
| } else if (type.type() == Symbol::ENUM) { |
| field->type_ = FieldDescriptor::TYPE_ENUM; |
| } else { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "\"" + proto.type_name() + "\" is not a type."); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (field->cpp_type() == FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_MESSAGE) { |
| field->type_descriptor_.message_type = type.descriptor(); |
| if (field->type_descriptor_.message_type == nullptr) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "\"" + proto.type_name() + "\" is not a message type."); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (field->has_default_value()) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Messages can't have default values."); |
| } |
| } else if (field->cpp_type() == FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_ENUM) { |
| field->type_descriptor_.enum_type = type.enum_descriptor(); |
| if (field->type_descriptor_.enum_type == nullptr) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "\"" + proto.type_name() + "\" is not an enum type."); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (field->enum_type()->is_placeholder_) { |
| // We can't look up default values for placeholder types. We'll have |
| // to just drop them. |
| field->has_default_value_ = false; |
| } |
| |
| if (field->has_default_value()) { |
| // Ensure that the default value is an identifier. Parser cannot always |
| // verify this because it does not have complete type information. |
| // N.B. that this check yields better error messages but is not |
| // necessary for correctness (an enum symbol must be a valid identifier |
| // anyway), only for better errors. |
| if (!io::Tokenizer::IsIdentifier(proto.default_value())) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Default value for an enum field must be an identifier."); |
| } else { |
| // We can't just use field->enum_type()->FindValueByName() here |
| // because that locks the pool's mutex, which we have already locked |
| // at this point. |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* default_value = |
| LookupSymbolNoPlaceholder(proto.default_value(), |
| field->enum_type()->full_name()) |
| .enum_value_descriptor(); |
| |
| if (default_value != nullptr && |
| default_value->type() == field->enum_type()) { |
| field->default_value_enum_ = default_value; |
| } else { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Enum type \"" + field->enum_type()->full_name() + |
| "\" has no value named \"" + proto.default_value() + |
| "\"."); |
| } |
| } |
| } else if (field->enum_type()->value_count() > 0) { |
| // All enums must have at least one value, or we would have reported |
| // an error elsewhere. We use the first defined value as the default |
| // if a default is not explicitly defined. |
| field->default_value_enum_ = field->enum_type()->value(0); |
| } |
| } else { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Field with primitive type has type_name."); |
| } |
| } else { |
| if (field->cpp_type() == FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_MESSAGE || |
| field->cpp_type() == FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_ENUM) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Field with message or enum type missing type_name."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Add the field to the fields-by-number table. |
| // Note: We have to do this *after* cross-linking because extensions do not |
| // know their containing type until now. If we're in |
| // lazily_build_dependencies_ mode, we're guaranteed there's no errors, so no |
| // risk to calling containing_type() or other accessors that will build |
| // dependencies. |
| if (!file_tables_->AddFieldByNumber(field)) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* conflicting_field = file_tables_->FindFieldByNumber( |
| field->containing_type(), field->number()); |
| std::string containing_type_name = |
| field->containing_type() == nullptr |
| ? "unknown" |
| : field->containing_type()->full_name(); |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Extension number $0 has already been used " |
| "in \"$1\" by extension \"$2\".", |
| field->number(), containing_type_name, |
| conflicting_field->full_name())); |
| } else { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Field number $0 has already been used in " |
| "\"$1\" by field \"$2\".", |
| field->number(), containing_type_name, |
| conflicting_field->name())); |
| } |
| } else { |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| if (!tables_->AddExtension(field)) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* conflicting_field = |
| tables_->FindExtension(field->containing_type(), field->number()); |
| std::string containing_type_name = |
| field->containing_type() == nullptr |
| ? "unknown" |
| : field->containing_type()->full_name(); |
| std::string error_msg = strings::Substitute( |
| "Extension number $0 has already been used in \"$1\" by extension " |
| "\"$2\" defined in $3.", |
| field->number(), containing_type_name, |
| conflicting_field->full_name(), conflicting_field->file()->name()); |
| // Conflicting extension numbers should be an error. However, before |
| // turning this into an error we need to fix all existing broken |
| // protos first. |
| // TODO(xiaofeng): Change this to an error. |
| AddWarning(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, error_msg); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkEnum(EnumDescriptor* enum_type, |
| const EnumDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (enum_type->options_ == nullptr) { |
| enum_type->options_ = &EnumOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < enum_type->value_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkEnumValue(&enum_type->values_[i], proto.value(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkEnumValue( |
| EnumValueDescriptor* enum_value, |
| const EnumValueDescriptorProto& /* proto */) { |
| if (enum_value->options_ == nullptr) { |
| enum_value->options_ = &EnumValueOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkService(ServiceDescriptor* service, |
| const ServiceDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (service->options_ == nullptr) { |
| service->options_ = &ServiceOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < service->method_count(); i++) { |
| CrossLinkMethod(&service->methods_[i], proto.method(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::CrossLinkMethod(MethodDescriptor* method, |
| const MethodDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (method->options_ == nullptr) { |
| method->options_ = &MethodOptions::default_instance(); |
| } |
| |
| Symbol input_type = |
| LookupSymbol(proto.input_type(), method->full_name(), |
| DescriptorPool::PLACEHOLDER_MESSAGE, LOOKUP_ALL, |
| !pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_); |
| if (input_type.IsNull()) { |
| if (!pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| AddNotDefinedError(method->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::INPUT_TYPE, |
| proto.input_type()); |
| } else { |
| method->input_type_.SetLazy(proto.input_type(), file_); |
| } |
| } else if (input_type.type() != Symbol::MESSAGE) { |
| AddError(method->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::INPUT_TYPE, |
| "\"" + proto.input_type() + "\" is not a message type."); |
| } else { |
| method->input_type_.Set(input_type.descriptor()); |
| } |
| |
| Symbol output_type = |
| LookupSymbol(proto.output_type(), method->full_name(), |
| DescriptorPool::PLACEHOLDER_MESSAGE, LOOKUP_ALL, |
| !pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_); |
| if (output_type.IsNull()) { |
| if (!pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_) { |
| AddNotDefinedError(method->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OUTPUT_TYPE, |
| proto.output_type()); |
| } else { |
| method->output_type_.SetLazy(proto.output_type(), file_); |
| } |
| } else if (output_type.type() != Symbol::MESSAGE) { |
| AddError(method->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OUTPUT_TYPE, |
| "\"" + proto.output_type() + "\" is not a message type."); |
| } else { |
| method->output_type_.Set(output_type.descriptor()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::SuggestFieldNumbers(FileDescriptor* file, |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| for (int message_index = 0; message_index < file->message_type_count(); |
| message_index++) { |
| const Descriptor* message = &file->message_types_[message_index]; |
| auto* hints = FindOrNull(message_hints_, message); |
| if (!hints) continue; |
| constexpr int kMaxSuggestions = 3; |
| int fields_to_suggest = std::min(kMaxSuggestions, hints->fields_to_suggest); |
| if (fields_to_suggest <= 0) continue; |
| struct Range { |
| int from; |
| int to; |
| }; |
| std::vector<Range> used_ordinals; |
| auto add_ordinal = [&](int ordinal) { |
| if (ordinal <= 0 || ordinal > FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber) return; |
| if (!used_ordinals.empty() && |
| ordinal == used_ordinals.back().to) { |
| used_ordinals.back().to = ordinal + 1; |
| } else { |
| used_ordinals.push_back({ordinal, ordinal + 1}); |
| } |
| }; |
| auto add_range = [&](int from, int to) { |
| from = std::max(0, std::min(FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber + 1, from)); |
| to = std::max(0, std::min(FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber + 1, to)); |
| if (from >= to) return; |
| used_ordinals.push_back({from, to}); |
| }; |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->field_count(); i++) { |
| add_ordinal(message->field(i)->number()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->extension_count(); i++) { |
| add_ordinal(message->extension(i)->number()); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->reserved_range_count(); i++) { |
| auto range = message->reserved_range(i); |
| add_range(range->start, range->end); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->extension_range_count(); i++) { |
| auto range = message->extension_range(i); |
| add_range(range->start, range->end); |
| } |
| used_ordinals.push_back( |
| {FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber, FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber + 1}); |
| used_ordinals.push_back({FieldDescriptor::kFirstReservedNumber, |
| FieldDescriptor::kLastReservedNumber}); |
| std::sort(used_ordinals.begin(), used_ordinals.end(), |
| [](Range lhs, Range rhs) { |
| return std::tie(lhs.from, lhs.to) < std::tie(rhs.from, rhs.to); |
| }); |
| int current_ordinal = 1; |
| std::stringstream id_list; |
| id_list << "Suggested field numbers for " << message->full_name() << ": "; |
| const char* separator = ""; |
| for (auto& current_range : used_ordinals) { |
| while (current_ordinal < current_range.from && fields_to_suggest > 0) { |
| id_list << separator << current_ordinal++; |
| separator = ", "; |
| fields_to_suggest--; |
| } |
| if (fields_to_suggest == 0) break; |
| current_ordinal = std::max(current_ordinal, current_range.to); |
| } |
| if (hints->first_reason) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), *hints->first_reason, |
| hints->first_reason_location, id_list.str()); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| #define VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(descriptor, array_name, type) \ |
| for (int i = 0; i < descriptor->array_name##_count(); ++i) { \ |
| Validate##type##Options(descriptor->array_name##s_ + i, \ |
| proto.array_name(i)); \ |
| } |
| |
| // Determine if the file uses optimize_for = LITE_RUNTIME, being careful to |
| // avoid problems that exist at init time. |
| static bool IsLite(const FileDescriptor* file) { |
| // TODO(kenton): I don't even remember how many of these conditions are |
| // actually possible. I'm just being super-safe. |
| return file != nullptr && |
| &file->options() != &FileOptions::default_instance() && |
| file->options().optimize_for() == FileOptions::LITE_RUNTIME; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateFileOptions(FileDescriptor* file, |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(file, message_type, Message); |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(file, enum_type, Enum); |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(file, service, Service); |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(file, extension, Field); |
| |
| // Lite files can only be imported by other Lite files. |
| if (!IsLite(file)) { |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->dependency_count(); i++) { |
| if (IsLite(file->dependency(i))) { |
| AddError( |
| file->dependency(i)->name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::IMPORT, |
| "Files that do not use optimize_for = LITE_RUNTIME cannot import " |
| "files which do use this option. This file is not lite, but it " |
| "imports \"" + |
| file->dependency(i)->name() + "\" which is."); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if (file->syntax() == FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO3) { |
| ValidateProto3(file, proto); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateProto3(FileDescriptor* file, |
| const FileDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->extension_count(); ++i) { |
| ValidateProto3Field(file->extensions_ + i, proto.extension(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->message_type_count(); ++i) { |
| ValidateProto3Message(file->message_types_ + i, proto.message_type(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < file->enum_type_count(); ++i) { |
| ValidateProto3Enum(file->enum_types_ + i, proto.enum_type(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static std::string ToLowercaseWithoutUnderscores(const std::string& name) { |
| std::string result; |
| for (char character : name) { |
| if (character != '_') { |
| if (character >= 'A' && character <= 'Z') { |
| result.push_back(character - 'A' + 'a'); |
| } else { |
| result.push_back(character); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateProto3Message(Descriptor* message, |
| const DescriptorProto& proto) { |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->nested_type_count(); ++i) { |
| ValidateProto3Message(message->nested_types_ + i, proto.nested_type(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->enum_type_count(); ++i) { |
| ValidateProto3Enum(message->enum_types_ + i, proto.enum_type(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->field_count(); ++i) { |
| ValidateProto3Field(message->fields_ + i, proto.field(i)); |
| } |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->extension_count(); ++i) { |
| ValidateProto3Field(message->extensions_ + i, proto.extension(i)); |
| } |
| if (message->extension_range_count() > 0) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto.extension_range(0), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| "Extension ranges are not allowed in proto3."); |
| } |
| if (message->options().message_set_wire_format()) { |
| // Using MessageSet doesn't make sense since we disallow extensions. |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "MessageSet is not supported in proto3."); |
| } |
| |
| // In proto3, we reject field names if they conflict in camelCase. |
| // Note that we currently enforce a stricter rule: Field names must be |
| // unique after being converted to lowercase with underscores removed. |
| std::map<std::string, const FieldDescriptor*> name_to_field; |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->field_count(); ++i) { |
| std::string lowercase_name = |
| ToLowercaseWithoutUnderscores(message->field(i)->name()); |
| if (name_to_field.find(lowercase_name) != name_to_field.end()) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto.field(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "The JSON camel-case name of field \"" + |
| message->field(i)->name() + "\" conflicts with field \"" + |
| name_to_field[lowercase_name]->name() + "\". This is not " + |
| "allowed in proto3."); |
| } else { |
| name_to_field[lowercase_name] = message->field(i); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateProto3Field(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (field->is_extension() && |
| !AllowedExtendeeInProto3(field->containing_type()->full_name())) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::EXTENDEE, |
| "Extensions in proto3 are only allowed for defining options."); |
| } |
| if (field->is_required()) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Required fields are not allowed in proto3."); |
| } |
| if (field->has_default_value()) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::DEFAULT_VALUE, |
| "Explicit default values are not allowed in proto3."); |
| } |
| if (field->cpp_type() == FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_ENUM && |
| field->enum_type() && |
| field->enum_type()->file()->syntax() != FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_PROTO3 && |
| field->enum_type()->file()->syntax() != FileDescriptor::SYNTAX_UNKNOWN) { |
| // Proto3 messages can only use Proto3 enum types; otherwise we can't |
| // guarantee that the default value is zero. |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Enum type \"" + field->enum_type()->full_name() + |
| "\" is not a proto3 enum, but is used in \"" + |
| field->containing_type()->full_name() + |
| "\" which is a proto3 message type."); |
| } |
| if (field->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Groups are not supported in proto3 syntax."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateProto3Enum(EnumDescriptor* enm, |
| const EnumDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (enm->value_count() > 0 && enm->value(0)->number() != 0) { |
| AddError(enm->full_name(), proto.value(0), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| "The first enum value must be zero in proto3."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateMessageOptions(Descriptor* message, |
| const DescriptorProto& proto) { |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(message, field, Field); |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(message, nested_type, Message); |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(message, enum_type, Enum); |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(message, extension, Field); |
| |
| const int64_t max_extension_range = |
| static_cast<int64_t>(message->options().message_set_wire_format() |
| ? std::numeric_limits<int32_t>::max() |
| : FieldDescriptor::kMaxNumber); |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->extension_range_count(); ++i) { |
| if (message->extension_range(i)->end > max_extension_range + 1) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto.extension_range(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, |
| strings::Substitute("Extension numbers cannot be greater than $0.", |
| max_extension_range)); |
| } |
| |
| ValidateExtensionRangeOptions(message->full_name(), |
| message->extension_ranges_ + i, |
| proto.extension_range(i)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateFieldOptions( |
| FieldDescriptor* field, const FieldDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_ && (!field || !field->message_type())) { |
| return; |
| } |
| // Only message type fields may be lazy. |
| if (field->options().lazy() || field->options().unverified_lazy()) { |
| if (field->type() != FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "[lazy = true] can only be specified for submessage fields."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Only repeated primitive fields may be packed. |
| if (field->options().packed() && !field->is_packable()) { |
| AddError( |
| field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "[packed = true] can only be specified for repeated primitive fields."); |
| } |
| |
| // Note: Default instance may not yet be initialized here, so we have to |
| // avoid reading from it. |
| if (field->containing_type_ != nullptr && |
| &field->containing_type()->options() != |
| &MessageOptions::default_instance() && |
| field->containing_type()->options().message_set_wire_format()) { |
| if (field->is_extension()) { |
| if (!field->is_optional() || |
| field->type() != FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Extensions of MessageSets must be optional messages."); |
| } |
| } else { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "MessageSets cannot have fields, only extensions."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Lite extensions can only be of Lite types. |
| if (IsLite(field->file()) && field->containing_type_ != nullptr && |
| !IsLite(field->containing_type()->file())) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::EXTENDEE, |
| "Extensions to non-lite types can only be declared in non-lite " |
| "files. Note that you cannot extend a non-lite type to contain " |
| "a lite type, but the reverse is allowed."); |
| } |
| |
| // Validate map types. |
| if (field->is_map()) { |
| if (!ValidateMapEntry(field, proto)) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "map_entry should not be set explicitly. Use map<KeyType, " |
| "ValueType> instead."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ValidateJSType(field, proto); |
| |
| // json_name option is not allowed on extension fields. Note that the |
| // json_name field in FieldDescriptorProto is always populated by protoc |
| // when it sends descriptor data to plugins (calculated from field name if |
| // the option is not explicitly set) so we can't rely on its presence to |
| // determine whether the json_name option is set on the field. Here we |
| // compare it against the default calculated json_name value and consider |
| // the option set if they are different. This won't catch the case when |
| // an user explicitly sets json_name to the default value, but should be |
| // good enough to catch common misuses. |
| if (field->is_extension() && |
| (field->has_json_name() && |
| field->json_name() != ToJsonName(field->name()))) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OPTION_NAME, |
| "option json_name is not allowed on extension fields."); |
| } |
| |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateEnumOptions(EnumDescriptor* enm, |
| const EnumDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(enm, value, EnumValue); |
| if (!enm->options().has_allow_alias() || !enm->options().allow_alias()) { |
| std::map<int, std::string> used_values; |
| for (int i = 0; i < enm->value_count(); ++i) { |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* enum_value = enm->value(i); |
| if (used_values.find(enum_value->number()) != used_values.end()) { |
| std::string error = |
| "\"" + enum_value->full_name() + |
| "\" uses the same enum value as \"" + |
| used_values[enum_value->number()] + |
| "\". If this is intended, set " |
| "'option allow_alias = true;' to the enum definition."; |
| if (!enm->options().allow_alias()) { |
| // Generate error if duplicated enum values are explicitly disallowed. |
| AddError(enm->full_name(), proto.value(i), |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NUMBER, error); |
| } |
| } else { |
| used_values[enum_value->number()] = enum_value->full_name(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateEnumValueOptions( |
| EnumValueDescriptor* /* enum_value */, |
| const EnumValueDescriptorProto& /* proto */) { |
| // Nothing to do so far. |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateExtensionRangeOptions( |
| const std::string& full_name, Descriptor::ExtensionRange* extension_range, |
| const DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange& proto) { |
| (void)full_name; // Parameter is used by Google-internal code. |
| (void)extension_range; // Parameter is used by Google-internal code. |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateServiceOptions( |
| ServiceDescriptor* service, const ServiceDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| if (IsLite(service->file()) && |
| (service->file()->options().cc_generic_services() || |
| service->file()->options().java_generic_services())) { |
| AddError(service->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Files with optimize_for = LITE_RUNTIME cannot define services " |
| "unless you set both options cc_generic_services and " |
| "java_generic_services to false."); |
| } |
| |
| VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY(service, method, Method); |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateMethodOptions( |
| MethodDescriptor* /* method */, const MethodDescriptorProto& /* proto */) { |
| // Nothing to do so far. |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::ValidateMapEntry(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| const Descriptor* message = field->message_type(); |
| if ( // Must not contain extensions, extension range or nested message or |
| // enums |
| message->extension_count() != 0 || |
| field->label() != FieldDescriptor::LABEL_REPEATED || |
| message->extension_range_count() != 0 || |
| message->nested_type_count() != 0 || message->enum_type_count() != 0 || |
| // Must contain exactly two fields |
| message->field_count() != 2 || |
| // Field name and message name must match |
| message->name() != ToCamelCase(field->name(), false) + "Entry" || |
| // Entry message must be in the same containing type of the field. |
| field->containing_type() != message->containing_type()) { |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* key = message->map_key(); |
| const FieldDescriptor* value = message->map_value(); |
| if (key->label() != FieldDescriptor::LABEL_OPTIONAL || key->number() != 1 || |
| key->name() != "key") { |
| return false; |
| } |
| if (value->label() != FieldDescriptor::LABEL_OPTIONAL || |
| value->number() != 2 || value->name() != "value") { |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Check key types are legal. |
| switch (key->type()) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_ENUM: |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Key in map fields cannot be enum types."); |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_FLOAT: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_DOUBLE: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_BYTES: |
| AddError( |
| field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Key in map fields cannot be float/double, bytes or message types."); |
| break; |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_BOOL: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_INT32: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_INT64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SINT32: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SINT64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_STRING: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_UINT32: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_UINT64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_FIXED32: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_FIXED64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SFIXED32: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SFIXED64: |
| // Legal cases |
| break; |
| // Do not add a default, so that the compiler will complain when new types |
| // are added. |
| } |
| |
| if (value->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_ENUM) { |
| if (value->enum_type()->value(0)->number() != 0) { |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Enum value in map must define 0 as the first value."); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::DetectMapConflicts(const Descriptor* message, |
| const DescriptorProto& proto) { |
| std::map<std::string, const Descriptor*> seen_types; |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->nested_type_count(); ++i) { |
| const Descriptor* nested = message->nested_type(i); |
| std::pair<std::map<std::string, const Descriptor*>::iterator, bool> result = |
| seen_types.insert(std::make_pair(nested->name(), nested)); |
| if (!result.second) { |
| if (result.first->second->options().map_entry() || |
| nested->options().map_entry()) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Expanded map entry type " + nested->name() + |
| " conflicts with an existing nested message type."); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| // Recursively test on the nested types. |
| DetectMapConflicts(message->nested_type(i), proto.nested_type(i)); |
| } |
| // Check for conflicted field names. |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->field_count(); ++i) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = message->field(i); |
| std::map<std::string, const Descriptor*>::iterator iter = |
| seen_types.find(field->name()); |
| if (iter != seen_types.end() && iter->second->options().map_entry()) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Expanded map entry type " + iter->second->name() + |
| " conflicts with an existing field."); |
| } |
| } |
| // Check for conflicted enum names. |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->enum_type_count(); ++i) { |
| const EnumDescriptor* enum_desc = message->enum_type(i); |
| std::map<std::string, const Descriptor*>::iterator iter = |
| seen_types.find(enum_desc->name()); |
| if (iter != seen_types.end() && iter->second->options().map_entry()) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Expanded map entry type " + iter->second->name() + |
| " conflicts with an existing enum type."); |
| } |
| } |
| // Check for conflicted oneof names. |
| for (int i = 0; i < message->oneof_decl_count(); ++i) { |
| const OneofDescriptor* oneof_desc = message->oneof_decl(i); |
| std::map<std::string, const Descriptor*>::iterator iter = |
| seen_types.find(oneof_desc->name()); |
| if (iter != seen_types.end() && iter->second->options().map_entry()) { |
| AddError(message->full_name(), proto, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::NAME, |
| "Expanded map entry type " + iter->second->name() + |
| " conflicts with an existing oneof type."); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::ValidateJSType(FieldDescriptor* field, |
| const FieldDescriptorProto& proto) { |
| FieldOptions::JSType jstype = field->options().jstype(); |
| // The default is always acceptable. |
| if (jstype == FieldOptions::JS_NORMAL) { |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| switch (field->type()) { |
| // Integral 64-bit types may be represented as JavaScript numbers or |
| // strings. |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_UINT64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_INT64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SINT64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_FIXED64: |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SFIXED64: |
| if (jstype == FieldOptions::JS_STRING || |
| jstype == FieldOptions::JS_NUMBER) { |
| return; |
| } |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "Illegal jstype for int64, uint64, sint64, fixed64 " |
| "or sfixed64 field: " + |
| FieldOptions_JSType_descriptor()->value(jstype)->name()); |
| break; |
| |
| // No other types permit a jstype option. |
| default: |
| AddError(field->full_name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::TYPE, |
| "jstype is only allowed on int64, uint64, sint64, fixed64 " |
| "or sfixed64 fields."); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| #undef VALIDATE_OPTIONS_FROM_ARRAY |
| |
| // ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::OptionInterpreter( |
| DescriptorBuilder* builder) |
| : builder_(builder) { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(builder_); |
| } |
| |
| DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::~OptionInterpreter() {} |
| |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::InterpretOptions( |
| OptionsToInterpret* options_to_interpret) { |
| // Note that these may be in different pools, so we can't use the same |
| // descriptor and reflection objects on both. |
| Message* options = options_to_interpret->options; |
| const Message* original_options = options_to_interpret->original_options; |
| |
| bool failed = false; |
| options_to_interpret_ = options_to_interpret; |
| |
| // Find the uninterpreted_option field in the mutable copy of the options |
| // and clear them, since we're about to interpret them. |
| const FieldDescriptor* uninterpreted_options_field = |
| options->GetDescriptor()->FindFieldByName("uninterpreted_option"); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(uninterpreted_options_field != nullptr) |
| << "No field named \"uninterpreted_option\" in the Options proto."; |
| options->GetReflection()->ClearField(options, uninterpreted_options_field); |
| |
| std::vector<int> src_path = options_to_interpret->element_path; |
| src_path.push_back(uninterpreted_options_field->number()); |
| |
| // Find the uninterpreted_option field in the original options. |
| const FieldDescriptor* original_uninterpreted_options_field = |
| original_options->GetDescriptor()->FindFieldByName( |
| "uninterpreted_option"); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(original_uninterpreted_options_field != nullptr) |
| << "No field named \"uninterpreted_option\" in the Options proto."; |
| |
| const int num_uninterpreted_options = |
| original_options->GetReflection()->FieldSize( |
| *original_options, original_uninterpreted_options_field); |
| for (int i = 0; i < num_uninterpreted_options; ++i) { |
| src_path.push_back(i); |
| uninterpreted_option_ = down_cast<const UninterpretedOption*>( |
| &original_options->GetReflection()->GetRepeatedMessage( |
| *original_options, original_uninterpreted_options_field, i)); |
| if (!InterpretSingleOption(options, src_path, |
| options_to_interpret->element_path)) { |
| // Error already added by InterpretSingleOption(). |
| failed = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| src_path.pop_back(); |
| } |
| // Reset these, so we don't have any dangling pointers. |
| uninterpreted_option_ = nullptr; |
| options_to_interpret_ = nullptr; |
| |
| if (!failed) { |
| // InterpretSingleOption() added the interpreted options in the |
| // UnknownFieldSet, in case the option isn't yet known to us. Now we |
| // serialize the options message and deserialize it back. That way, any |
| // option fields that we do happen to know about will get moved from the |
| // UnknownFieldSet into the real fields, and thus be available right away. |
| // If they are not known, that's OK too. They will get reparsed into the |
| // UnknownFieldSet and wait there until the message is parsed by something |
| // that does know about the options. |
| |
| // Keep the unparsed options around in case the reparsing fails. |
| std::unique_ptr<Message> unparsed_options(options->New()); |
| options->GetReflection()->Swap(unparsed_options.get(), options); |
| |
| std::string buf; |
| if (!unparsed_options->AppendToString(&buf) || |
| !options->ParseFromString(buf)) { |
| builder_->AddError( |
| options_to_interpret->element_name, *original_options, |
| DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::OTHER, |
| "Some options could not be correctly parsed using the proto " |
| "descriptors compiled into this binary.\n" |
| "Unparsed options: " + |
| unparsed_options->ShortDebugString() + |
| "\n" |
| "Parsing attempt: " + |
| options->ShortDebugString()); |
| // Restore the unparsed options. |
| options->GetReflection()->Swap(unparsed_options.get(), options); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return !failed; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::InterpretSingleOption( |
| Message* options, const std::vector<int>& src_path, |
| const std::vector<int>& options_path) { |
| // First do some basic validation. |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->name_size() == 0) { |
| // This should never happen unless the parser has gone seriously awry or |
| // someone has manually created the uninterpreted option badly. |
| return AddNameError("Option must have a name."); |
| } |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->name(0).name_part() == "uninterpreted_option") { |
| return AddNameError( |
| "Option must not use reserved name " |
| "\"uninterpreted_option\"."); |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* options_descriptor = nullptr; |
| // Get the options message's descriptor from the builder's pool, so that we |
| // get the version that knows about any extension options declared in the file |
| // we're currently building. The descriptor should be there as long as the |
| // file we're building imported descriptor.proto. |
| |
| // Note that we use DescriptorBuilder::FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps(), not |
| // DescriptorPool::FindMessageTypeByName() because we're already holding the |
| // pool's mutex, and the latter method locks it again. We don't use |
| // FindSymbol() because files that use custom options only need to depend on |
| // the file that defines the option, not descriptor.proto itself. |
| Symbol symbol = builder_->FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps( |
| options->GetDescriptor()->full_name()); |
| options_descriptor = symbol.descriptor(); |
| if (options_descriptor == nullptr) { |
| // The options message's descriptor was not in the builder's pool, so use |
| // the standard version from the generated pool. We're not holding the |
| // generated pool's mutex, so we can search it the straightforward way. |
| options_descriptor = options->GetDescriptor(); |
| } |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(options_descriptor); |
| |
| // We iterate over the name parts to drill into the submessages until we find |
| // the leaf field for the option. As we drill down we remember the current |
| // submessage's descriptor in |descriptor| and the next field in that |
| // submessage in |field|. We also track the fields we're drilling down |
| // through in |intermediate_fields|. As we go, we reconstruct the full option |
| // name in |debug_msg_name|, for use in error messages. |
| const Descriptor* descriptor = options_descriptor; |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = nullptr; |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*> intermediate_fields; |
| std::string debug_msg_name = ""; |
| |
| std::vector<int> dest_path = options_path; |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < uninterpreted_option_->name_size(); ++i) { |
| builder_->undefine_resolved_name_.clear(); |
| const std::string& name_part = uninterpreted_option_->name(i).name_part(); |
| if (debug_msg_name.size() > 0) { |
| debug_msg_name += "."; |
| } |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->name(i).is_extension()) { |
| debug_msg_name += "(" + name_part + ")"; |
| // Search for the extension's descriptor as an extension in the builder's |
| // pool. Note that we use DescriptorBuilder::LookupSymbol(), not |
| // DescriptorPool::FindExtensionByName(), for two reasons: 1) It allows |
| // relative lookups, and 2) because we're already holding the pool's |
| // mutex, and the latter method locks it again. |
| symbol = |
| builder_->LookupSymbol(name_part, options_to_interpret_->name_scope); |
| field = symbol.field_descriptor(); |
| // If we don't find the field then the field's descriptor was not in the |
| // builder's pool, but there's no point in looking in the generated |
| // pool. We require that you import the file that defines any extensions |
| // you use, so they must be present in the builder's pool. |
| } else { |
| debug_msg_name += name_part; |
| // Search for the field's descriptor as a regular field. |
| field = descriptor->FindFieldByName(name_part); |
| } |
| |
| if (field == nullptr) { |
| if (get_allow_unknown(builder_->pool_)) { |
| // We can't find the option, but AllowUnknownDependencies() is enabled, |
| // so we will just leave it as uninterpreted. |
| AddWithoutInterpreting(*uninterpreted_option_, options); |
| return true; |
| } else if (!(builder_->undefine_resolved_name_).empty()) { |
| // Option is resolved to a name which is not defined. |
| return AddNameError( |
| "Option \"" + debug_msg_name + "\" is resolved to \"(" + |
| builder_->undefine_resolved_name_ + |
| ")\", which is not defined. The innermost scope is searched first " |
| "in name resolution. Consider using a leading '.'(i.e., \"(." + |
| debug_msg_name.substr(1) + |
| "\") to start from the outermost scope."); |
| } else { |
| return AddNameError( |
| "Option \"" + debug_msg_name + |
| "\" unknown. Ensure that your proto" + |
| " definition file imports the proto which defines the option."); |
| } |
| } else if (field->containing_type() != descriptor) { |
| if (get_is_placeholder(field->containing_type())) { |
| // The field is an extension of a placeholder type, so we can't |
| // reliably verify whether it is a valid extension to use here (e.g. |
| // we don't know if it is an extension of the correct *Options message, |
| // or if it has a valid field number, etc.). Just leave it as |
| // uninterpreted instead. |
| AddWithoutInterpreting(*uninterpreted_option_, options); |
| return true; |
| } else { |
| // This can only happen if, due to some insane misconfiguration of the |
| // pools, we find the options message in one pool but the field in |
| // another. This would probably imply a hefty bug somewhere. |
| return AddNameError("Option field \"" + debug_msg_name + |
| "\" is not a field or extension of message \"" + |
| descriptor->name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| } else { |
| // accumulate field numbers to form path to interpreted option |
| dest_path.push_back(field->number()); |
| |
| if (i < uninterpreted_option_->name_size() - 1) { |
| if (field->cpp_type() != FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_MESSAGE) { |
| return AddNameError("Option \"" + debug_msg_name + |
| "\" is an atomic type, not a message."); |
| } else if (field->is_repeated()) { |
| return AddNameError("Option field \"" + debug_msg_name + |
| "\" is a repeated message. Repeated message " |
| "options must be initialized using an " |
| "aggregate value."); |
| } else { |
| // Drill down into the submessage. |
| intermediate_fields.push_back(field); |
| descriptor = field->message_type(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // We've found the leaf field. Now we use UnknownFieldSets to set its value |
| // on the options message. We do so because the message may not yet know |
| // about its extension fields, so we may not be able to set the fields |
| // directly. But the UnknownFieldSets will serialize to the same wire-format |
| // message, so reading that message back in once the extension fields are |
| // known will populate them correctly. |
| |
| // First see if the option is already set. |
| if (!field->is_repeated() && |
| !ExamineIfOptionIsSet( |
| intermediate_fields.begin(), intermediate_fields.end(), field, |
| debug_msg_name, |
| options->GetReflection()->GetUnknownFields(*options))) { |
| return false; // ExamineIfOptionIsSet() already added the error. |
| } |
| |
| // First set the value on the UnknownFieldSet corresponding to the |
| // innermost message. |
| std::unique_ptr<UnknownFieldSet> unknown_fields(new UnknownFieldSet()); |
| if (!SetOptionValue(field, unknown_fields.get())) { |
| return false; // SetOptionValue() already added the error. |
| } |
| |
| // Now wrap the UnknownFieldSet with UnknownFieldSets corresponding to all |
| // the intermediate messages. |
| for (std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>::reverse_iterator iter = |
| intermediate_fields.rbegin(); |
| iter != intermediate_fields.rend(); ++iter) { |
| std::unique_ptr<UnknownFieldSet> parent_unknown_fields( |
| new UnknownFieldSet()); |
| switch ((*iter)->type()) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE: { |
| std::string* outstr = |
| parent_unknown_fields->AddLengthDelimited((*iter)->number()); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(unknown_fields->SerializeToString(outstr)) |
| << "Unexpected failure while serializing option submessage " |
| << debug_msg_name << "\"."; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP: { |
| parent_unknown_fields->AddGroup((*iter)->number()) |
| ->MergeFrom(*unknown_fields); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "Invalid wire type for CPPTYPE_MESSAGE: " |
| << (*iter)->type(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| unknown_fields.reset(parent_unknown_fields.release()); |
| } |
| |
| // Now merge the UnknownFieldSet corresponding to the top-level message into |
| // the options message. |
| options->GetReflection()->MutableUnknownFields(options)->MergeFrom( |
| *unknown_fields); |
| |
| // record the element path of the interpreted option |
| if (field->is_repeated()) { |
| int index = repeated_option_counts_[dest_path]++; |
| dest_path.push_back(index); |
| } |
| interpreted_paths_[src_path] = dest_path; |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::UpdateSourceCodeInfo( |
| SourceCodeInfo* info) { |
| if (interpreted_paths_.empty()) { |
| // nothing to do! |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // We find locations that match keys in interpreted_paths_ and |
| // 1) replace the path with the corresponding value in interpreted_paths_ |
| // 2) remove any subsequent sub-locations (sub-location is one whose path |
| // has the parent path as a prefix) |
| // |
| // To avoid quadratic behavior of removing interior rows as we go, |
| // we keep a copy. But we don't actually copy anything until we've |
| // found the first match (so if the source code info has no locations |
| // that need to be changed, there is zero copy overhead). |
| |
| RepeatedPtrField<SourceCodeInfo_Location>* locs = info->mutable_location(); |
| RepeatedPtrField<SourceCodeInfo_Location> new_locs; |
| bool copying = false; |
| |
| std::vector<int> pathv; |
| bool matched = false; |
| |
| for (RepeatedPtrField<SourceCodeInfo_Location>::iterator loc = locs->begin(); |
| loc != locs->end(); loc++) { |
| if (matched) { |
| // see if this location is in the range to remove |
| bool loc_matches = true; |
| if (loc->path_size() < static_cast<int64_t>(pathv.size())) { |
| loc_matches = false; |
| } else { |
| for (size_t j = 0; j < pathv.size(); j++) { |
| if (loc->path(j) != pathv[j]) { |
| loc_matches = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (loc_matches) { |
| // don't copy this row since it is a sub-location that we're removing |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| matched = false; |
| } |
| |
| pathv.clear(); |
| for (int j = 0; j < loc->path_size(); j++) { |
| pathv.push_back(loc->path(j)); |
| } |
| |
| std::map<std::vector<int>, std::vector<int>>::iterator entry = |
| interpreted_paths_.find(pathv); |
| |
| if (entry == interpreted_paths_.end()) { |
| // not a match |
| if (copying) { |
| *new_locs.Add() = *loc; |
| } |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| matched = true; |
| |
| if (!copying) { |
| // initialize the copy we are building |
| copying = true; |
| new_locs.Reserve(locs->size()); |
| for (RepeatedPtrField<SourceCodeInfo_Location>::iterator it = |
| locs->begin(); |
| it != loc; it++) { |
| *new_locs.Add() = *it; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // add replacement and update its path |
| SourceCodeInfo_Location* replacement = new_locs.Add(); |
| *replacement = *loc; |
| replacement->clear_path(); |
| for (std::vector<int>::iterator rit = entry->second.begin(); |
| rit != entry->second.end(); rit++) { |
| replacement->add_path(*rit); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // if we made a changed copy, put it in place |
| if (copying) { |
| *locs = new_locs; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::AddWithoutInterpreting( |
| const UninterpretedOption& uninterpreted_option, Message* options) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* field = |
| options->GetDescriptor()->FindFieldByName("uninterpreted_option"); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(field != nullptr); |
| |
| options->GetReflection() |
| ->AddMessage(options, field) |
| ->CopyFrom(uninterpreted_option); |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::ExamineIfOptionIsSet( |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>::const_iterator |
| intermediate_fields_iter, |
| std::vector<const FieldDescriptor*>::const_iterator intermediate_fields_end, |
| const FieldDescriptor* innermost_field, const std::string& debug_msg_name, |
| const UnknownFieldSet& unknown_fields) { |
| // We do linear searches of the UnknownFieldSet and its sub-groups. This |
| // should be fine since it's unlikely that any one options structure will |
| // contain more than a handful of options. |
| |
| if (intermediate_fields_iter == intermediate_fields_end) { |
| // We're at the innermost submessage. |
| for (int i = 0; i < unknown_fields.field_count(); i++) { |
| if (unknown_fields.field(i).number() == innermost_field->number()) { |
| return AddNameError("Option \"" + debug_msg_name + |
| "\" was already set."); |
| } |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < unknown_fields.field_count(); i++) { |
| if (unknown_fields.field(i).number() == |
| (*intermediate_fields_iter)->number()) { |
| const UnknownField* unknown_field = &unknown_fields.field(i); |
| FieldDescriptor::Type type = (*intermediate_fields_iter)->type(); |
| // Recurse into the next submessage. |
| switch (type) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE: |
| if (unknown_field->type() == UnknownField::TYPE_LENGTH_DELIMITED) { |
| UnknownFieldSet intermediate_unknown_fields; |
| if (intermediate_unknown_fields.ParseFromString( |
| unknown_field->length_delimited()) && |
| !ExamineIfOptionIsSet(intermediate_fields_iter + 1, |
| intermediate_fields_end, innermost_field, |
| debug_msg_name, |
| intermediate_unknown_fields)) { |
| return false; // Error already added. |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP: |
| if (unknown_field->type() == UnknownField::TYPE_GROUP) { |
| if (!ExamineIfOptionIsSet(intermediate_fields_iter + 1, |
| intermediate_fields_end, innermost_field, |
| debug_msg_name, unknown_field->group())) { |
| return false; // Error already added. |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "Invalid wire type for CPPTYPE_MESSAGE: " << type; |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::SetOptionValue( |
| const FieldDescriptor* option_field, UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields) { |
| // We switch on the CppType to validate. |
| switch (option_field->cpp_type()) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_INT32: |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->has_positive_int_value()) { |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value() > |
| static_cast<uint64_t>(std::numeric_limits<int32_t>::max())) { |
| return AddValueError("Value out of range for int32 option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } else { |
| SetInt32(option_field->number(), |
| uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value(), |
| option_field->type(), unknown_fields); |
| } |
| } else if (uninterpreted_option_->has_negative_int_value()) { |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->negative_int_value() < |
| static_cast<int64_t>(std::numeric_limits<int32_t>::min())) { |
| return AddValueError("Value out of range for int32 option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } else { |
| SetInt32(option_field->number(), |
| uninterpreted_option_->negative_int_value(), |
| option_field->type(), unknown_fields); |
| } |
| } else { |
| return AddValueError("Value must be integer for int32 option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_INT64: |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->has_positive_int_value()) { |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value() > |
| static_cast<uint64_t>(std::numeric_limits<int64_t>::max())) { |
| return AddValueError("Value out of range for int64 option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } else { |
| SetInt64(option_field->number(), |
| uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value(), |
| option_field->type(), unknown_fields); |
| } |
| } else if (uninterpreted_option_->has_negative_int_value()) { |
| SetInt64(option_field->number(), |
| uninterpreted_option_->negative_int_value(), |
| option_field->type(), unknown_fields); |
| } else { |
| return AddValueError("Value must be integer for int64 option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_UINT32: |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->has_positive_int_value()) { |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value() > |
| std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) { |
| return AddValueError("Value out of range for uint32 option \"" + |
| option_field->name() + "\"."); |
| } else { |
| SetUInt32(option_field->number(), |
| uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value(), |
| option_field->type(), unknown_fields); |
| } |
| } else { |
| return AddValueError( |
| "Value must be non-negative integer for uint32 " |
| "option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_UINT64: |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->has_positive_int_value()) { |
| SetUInt64(option_field->number(), |
| uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value(), |
| option_field->type(), unknown_fields); |
| } else { |
| return AddValueError( |
| "Value must be non-negative integer for uint64 " |
| "option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_FLOAT: { |
| float value; |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->has_double_value()) { |
| value = uninterpreted_option_->double_value(); |
| } else if (uninterpreted_option_->has_positive_int_value()) { |
| value = uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value(); |
| } else if (uninterpreted_option_->has_negative_int_value()) { |
| value = uninterpreted_option_->negative_int_value(); |
| } else { |
| return AddValueError("Value must be number for float option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| unknown_fields->AddFixed32(option_field->number(), |
| internal::WireFormatLite::EncodeFloat(value)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_DOUBLE: { |
| double value; |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->has_double_value()) { |
| value = uninterpreted_option_->double_value(); |
| } else if (uninterpreted_option_->has_positive_int_value()) { |
| value = uninterpreted_option_->positive_int_value(); |
| } else if (uninterpreted_option_->has_negative_int_value()) { |
| value = uninterpreted_option_->negative_int_value(); |
| } else { |
| return AddValueError("Value must be number for double option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| unknown_fields->AddFixed64(option_field->number(), |
| internal::WireFormatLite::EncodeDouble(value)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_BOOL: |
| uint64_t value; |
| if (!uninterpreted_option_->has_identifier_value()) { |
| return AddValueError( |
| "Value must be identifier for boolean option " |
| "\"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| if (uninterpreted_option_->identifier_value() == "true") { |
| value = 1; |
| } else if (uninterpreted_option_->identifier_value() == "false") { |
| value = 0; |
| } else { |
| return AddValueError( |
| "Value must be \"true\" or \"false\" for boolean " |
| "option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint(option_field->number(), value); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_ENUM: { |
| if (!uninterpreted_option_->has_identifier_value()) { |
| return AddValueError( |
| "Value must be identifier for enum-valued option " |
| "\"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| const EnumDescriptor* enum_type = option_field->enum_type(); |
| const std::string& value_name = uninterpreted_option_->identifier_value(); |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* enum_value = nullptr; |
| |
| if (enum_type->file()->pool() != DescriptorPool::generated_pool()) { |
| // Note that the enum value's fully-qualified name is a sibling of the |
| // enum's name, not a child of it. |
| std::string fully_qualified_name = enum_type->full_name(); |
| fully_qualified_name.resize(fully_qualified_name.size() - |
| enum_type->name().size()); |
| fully_qualified_name += value_name; |
| |
| // Search for the enum value's descriptor in the builder's pool. Note |
| // that we use DescriptorBuilder::FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps(), not |
| // DescriptorPool::FindEnumValueByName() because we're already holding |
| // the pool's mutex, and the latter method locks it again. |
| Symbol symbol = |
| builder_->FindSymbolNotEnforcingDeps(fully_qualified_name); |
| if (auto* candicate_descriptor = symbol.enum_value_descriptor()) { |
| if (candicate_descriptor->type() != enum_type) { |
| return AddValueError( |
| "Enum type \"" + enum_type->full_name() + |
| "\" has no value named \"" + value_name + "\" for option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + |
| "\". This appears to be a value from a sibling type."); |
| } else { |
| enum_value = candicate_descriptor; |
| } |
| } |
| } else { |
| // The enum type is in the generated pool, so we can search for the |
| // value there. |
| enum_value = enum_type->FindValueByName(value_name); |
| } |
| |
| if (enum_value == nullptr) { |
| return AddValueError("Enum type \"" + |
| option_field->enum_type()->full_name() + |
| "\" has no value named \"" + value_name + |
| "\" for " |
| "option \"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } else { |
| // Sign-extension is not a problem, since we cast directly from int32_t |
| // to uint64_t, without first going through uint32_t. |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint( |
| option_field->number(), |
| static_cast<uint64_t>(static_cast<int64_t>(enum_value->number()))); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_STRING: |
| if (!uninterpreted_option_->has_string_value()) { |
| return AddValueError( |
| "Value must be quoted string for string option " |
| "\"" + |
| option_field->full_name() + "\"."); |
| } |
| // The string has already been unquoted and unescaped by the parser. |
| unknown_fields->AddLengthDelimited(option_field->number(), |
| uninterpreted_option_->string_value()); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::CPPTYPE_MESSAGE: |
| if (!SetAggregateOption(option_field, unknown_fields)) { |
| return false; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| class DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::AggregateOptionFinder |
| : public TextFormat::Finder { |
| public: |
| DescriptorBuilder* builder_; |
| |
| const Descriptor* FindAnyType(const Message& /*message*/, |
| const std::string& prefix, |
| const std::string& name) const override { |
| if (prefix != internal::kTypeGoogleApisComPrefix && |
| prefix != internal::kTypeGoogleProdComPrefix) { |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| assert_mutex_held(builder_->pool_); |
| return builder_->FindSymbol(name).descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| const FieldDescriptor* FindExtension(Message* message, |
| const std::string& name) const override { |
| assert_mutex_held(builder_->pool_); |
| const Descriptor* descriptor = message->GetDescriptor(); |
| Symbol result = |
| builder_->LookupSymbolNoPlaceholder(name, descriptor->full_name()); |
| if (auto* field = result.field_descriptor()) { |
| return field; |
| } else if (result.type() == Symbol::MESSAGE && |
| descriptor->options().message_set_wire_format()) { |
| const Descriptor* foreign_type = result.descriptor(); |
| // The text format allows MessageSet items to be specified using |
| // the type name, rather than the extension identifier. If the symbol |
| // lookup returned a Message, and the enclosing Message has |
| // message_set_wire_format = true, then return the message set |
| // extension, if one exists. |
| for (int i = 0; i < foreign_type->extension_count(); i++) { |
| const FieldDescriptor* extension = foreign_type->extension(i); |
| if (extension->containing_type() == descriptor && |
| extension->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE && |
| extension->is_optional() && |
| extension->message_type() == foreign_type) { |
| // Found it. |
| return extension; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| }; |
| |
| // A custom error collector to record any text-format parsing errors |
| namespace { |
| class AggregateErrorCollector : public io::ErrorCollector { |
| public: |
| std::string error_; |
| |
| void AddError(int /* line */, int /* column */, |
| const std::string& message) override { |
| if (!error_.empty()) { |
| error_ += "; "; |
| } |
| error_ += message; |
| } |
| |
| void AddWarning(int /* line */, int /* column */, |
| const std::string& /* message */) override { |
| // Ignore warnings |
| } |
| }; |
| } // namespace |
| |
| // We construct a dynamic message of the type corresponding to |
| // option_field, parse the supplied text-format string into this |
| // message, and serialize the resulting message to produce the value. |
| bool DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::SetAggregateOption( |
| const FieldDescriptor* option_field, UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields) { |
| if (!uninterpreted_option_->has_aggregate_value()) { |
| return AddValueError("Option \"" + option_field->full_name() + |
| "\" is a message. To set the entire message, use " |
| "syntax like \"" + |
| option_field->name() + |
| " = { <proto text format> }\". " |
| "To set fields within it, use " |
| "syntax like \"" + |
| option_field->name() + ".foo = value\"."); |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* type = option_field->message_type(); |
| std::unique_ptr<Message> dynamic(dynamic_factory_.GetPrototype(type)->New()); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(dynamic.get() != nullptr) |
| << "Could not create an instance of " << option_field->DebugString(); |
| |
| AggregateErrorCollector collector; |
| AggregateOptionFinder finder; |
| finder.builder_ = builder_; |
| TextFormat::Parser parser; |
| parser.RecordErrorsTo(&collector); |
| parser.SetFinder(&finder); |
| if (!parser.ParseFromString(uninterpreted_option_->aggregate_value(), |
| dynamic.get())) { |
| AddValueError("Error while parsing option value for \"" + |
| option_field->name() + "\": " + collector.error_); |
| return false; |
| } else { |
| std::string serial; |
| dynamic->SerializeToString(&serial); // Never fails |
| if (option_field->type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE) { |
| unknown_fields->AddLengthDelimited(option_field->number(), serial); |
| } else { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK_EQ(option_field->type(), FieldDescriptor::TYPE_GROUP); |
| UnknownFieldSet* group = unknown_fields->AddGroup(option_field->number()); |
| group->ParseFromString(serial); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::SetInt32( |
| int number, int32_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields) { |
| switch (type) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_INT32: |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint( |
| number, static_cast<uint64_t>(static_cast<int64_t>(value))); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SFIXED32: |
| unknown_fields->AddFixed32(number, static_cast<uint32_t>(value)); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SINT32: |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint( |
| number, internal::WireFormatLite::ZigZagEncode32(value)); |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "Invalid wire type for CPPTYPE_INT32: " << type; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::SetInt64( |
| int number, int64_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields) { |
| switch (type) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_INT64: |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint(number, static_cast<uint64_t>(value)); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SFIXED64: |
| unknown_fields->AddFixed64(number, static_cast<uint64_t>(value)); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_SINT64: |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint( |
| number, internal::WireFormatLite::ZigZagEncode64(value)); |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "Invalid wire type for CPPTYPE_INT64: " << type; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::SetUInt32( |
| int number, uint32_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields) { |
| switch (type) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_UINT32: |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint(number, static_cast<uint64_t>(value)); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_FIXED32: |
| unknown_fields->AddFixed32(number, static_cast<uint32_t>(value)); |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "Invalid wire type for CPPTYPE_UINT32: " << type; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::OptionInterpreter::SetUInt64( |
| int number, uint64_t value, FieldDescriptor::Type type, |
| UnknownFieldSet* unknown_fields) { |
| switch (type) { |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_UINT64: |
| unknown_fields->AddVarint(number, value); |
| break; |
| |
| case FieldDescriptor::TYPE_FIXED64: |
| unknown_fields->AddFixed64(number, value); |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| GOOGLE_LOG(FATAL) << "Invalid wire type for CPPTYPE_UINT64: " << type; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void DescriptorBuilder::LogUnusedDependency(const FileDescriptorProto& proto, |
| const FileDescriptor* result) { |
| (void)result; // Parameter is used by Google-internal code. |
| |
| if (!unused_dependency_.empty()) { |
| auto itr = pool_->unused_import_track_files_.find(proto.name()); |
| bool is_error = |
| itr != pool_->unused_import_track_files_.end() && itr->second; |
| for (std::set<const FileDescriptor*>::const_iterator it = |
| unused_dependency_.begin(); |
| it != unused_dependency_.end(); ++it) { |
| std::string error_message = "Import " + (*it)->name() + " is unused."; |
| if (is_error) { |
| AddError((*it)->name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::IMPORT, |
| error_message); |
| } else { |
| AddWarning((*it)->name(), proto, DescriptorPool::ErrorCollector::IMPORT, |
| error_message); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Symbol DescriptorPool::CrossLinkOnDemandHelper(StringPiece name, |
| bool expecting_enum) const { |
| (void)expecting_enum; // Parameter is used by Google-internal code. |
| auto lookup_name = std::string(name); |
| if (!lookup_name.empty() && lookup_name[0] == '.') { |
| lookup_name = lookup_name.substr(1); |
| } |
| Symbol result = tables_->FindByNameHelper(this, lookup_name); |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| // Handle the lazy import building for a message field whose type wasn't built |
| // at cross link time. If that was the case, we saved the name of the type to |
| // be looked up when the accessor for the type was called. Set type_, |
| // enum_type_, message_type_, and default_value_enum_ appropriately. |
| void FieldDescriptor::InternalTypeOnceInit() const { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(file()->finished_building_ == true); |
| const EnumDescriptor* enum_type = nullptr; |
| const char* lazy_type_name = reinterpret_cast<const char*>(type_once_ + 1); |
| const char* lazy_default_value_enum_name = |
| lazy_type_name + strlen(lazy_type_name) + 1; |
| Symbol result = file()->pool()->CrossLinkOnDemandHelper( |
| lazy_type_name, type_ == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_ENUM); |
| if (result.type() == Symbol::MESSAGE) { |
| type_ = FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE; |
| type_descriptor_.message_type = result.descriptor(); |
| } else if (result.type() == Symbol::ENUM) { |
| type_ = FieldDescriptor::TYPE_ENUM; |
| enum_type = type_descriptor_.enum_type = result.enum_descriptor(); |
| } |
| |
| if (enum_type) { |
| if (lazy_default_value_enum_name[0] != '\0') { |
| // Have to build the full name now instead of at CrossLink time, |
| // because enum_type may not be known at the time. |
| std::string name = enum_type->full_name(); |
| // Enum values reside in the same scope as the enum type. |
| std::string::size_type last_dot = name.find_last_of('.'); |
| if (last_dot != std::string::npos) { |
| name = name.substr(0, last_dot) + "." + lazy_default_value_enum_name; |
| } else { |
| name = lazy_default_value_enum_name; |
| } |
| Symbol result = file()->pool()->CrossLinkOnDemandHelper(name, true); |
| default_value_enum_ = result.enum_value_descriptor(); |
| } else { |
| default_value_enum_ = nullptr; |
| } |
| if (!default_value_enum_) { |
| // We use the first defined value as the default |
| // if a default is not explicitly defined. |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(enum_type->value_count()); |
| default_value_enum_ = enum_type->value(0); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FieldDescriptor::TypeOnceInit(const FieldDescriptor* to_init) { |
| to_init->InternalTypeOnceInit(); |
| } |
| |
| // message_type(), enum_type(), default_value_enum(), and type() |
| // all share the same internal::call_once init path to do lazy |
| // import building and cross linking of a field of a message. |
| const Descriptor* FieldDescriptor::message_type() const { |
| if (type_once_) { |
| internal::call_once(*type_once_, FieldDescriptor::TypeOnceInit, this); |
| } |
| return type_ == TYPE_MESSAGE || type_ == TYPE_GROUP |
| ? type_descriptor_.message_type |
| : nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const EnumDescriptor* FieldDescriptor::enum_type() const { |
| if (type_once_) { |
| internal::call_once(*type_once_, FieldDescriptor::TypeOnceInit, this); |
| } |
| return type_ == TYPE_ENUM ? type_descriptor_.enum_type : nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| const EnumValueDescriptor* FieldDescriptor::default_value_enum() const { |
| if (type_once_) { |
| internal::call_once(*type_once_, FieldDescriptor::TypeOnceInit, this); |
| } |
| return default_value_enum_; |
| } |
| |
| const std::string& FieldDescriptor::PrintableNameForExtension() const { |
| const bool is_message_set_extension = |
| is_extension() && |
| containing_type()->options().message_set_wire_format() && |
| type() == FieldDescriptor::TYPE_MESSAGE && is_optional() && |
| extension_scope() == message_type(); |
| return is_message_set_extension ? message_type()->full_name() : full_name(); |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptor::InternalDependenciesOnceInit() const { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(finished_building_ == true); |
| const char* names_ptr = reinterpret_cast<const char*>(dependencies_once_ + 1); |
| for (int i = 0; i < dependency_count(); i++) { |
| const char* name = names_ptr; |
| names_ptr += strlen(name) + 1; |
| if (name[0] != '\0') { |
| dependencies_[i] = pool_->FindFileByName(name); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void FileDescriptor::DependenciesOnceInit(const FileDescriptor* to_init) { |
| to_init->InternalDependenciesOnceInit(); |
| } |
| |
| const FileDescriptor* FileDescriptor::dependency(int index) const { |
| if (dependencies_once_) { |
| // Do once init for all indices, as it's unlikely only a single index would |
| // be called, and saves on internal::call_once allocations. |
| internal::call_once(*dependencies_once_, |
| FileDescriptor::DependenciesOnceInit, this); |
| } |
| return dependencies_[index]; |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* MethodDescriptor::input_type() const { |
| return input_type_.Get(service()); |
| } |
| |
| const Descriptor* MethodDescriptor::output_type() const { |
| return output_type_.Get(service()); |
| } |
| |
| namespace internal { |
| void LazyDescriptor::Set(const Descriptor* descriptor) { |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(!once_); |
| descriptor_ = descriptor; |
| } |
| |
| void LazyDescriptor::SetLazy(StringPiece name, |
| const FileDescriptor* file) { |
| // verify Init() has been called and Set hasn't been called yet. |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(!descriptor_); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(!once_); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(file && file->pool_); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(file->pool_->lazily_build_dependencies_); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(!file->finished_building_); |
| once_ = ::new (file->pool_->tables_->AllocateBytes(static_cast<int>( |
| sizeof(internal::once_flag) + name.size() + 1))) internal::once_flag{}; |
| char* lazy_name = reinterpret_cast<char*>(once_ + 1); |
| memcpy(lazy_name, name.data(), name.size()); |
| lazy_name[name.size()] = 0; |
| } |
| |
| void LazyDescriptor::Once(const ServiceDescriptor* service) { |
| if (once_) { |
| internal::call_once(*once_, [&] { |
| auto* file = service->file(); |
| GOOGLE_CHECK(file->finished_building_); |
| const char* lazy_name = reinterpret_cast<const char*>(once_ + 1); |
| descriptor_ = |
| file->pool_->CrossLinkOnDemandHelper(lazy_name, false).descriptor(); |
| }); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| } // namespace internal |
| |
| } // namespace protobuf |
| } // namespace google |
| |
| #include <google/protobuf/port_undef.inc> |